Manual Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3

666 pages 10.13 mb
Download

Go to site of 666

Summary
  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 1

    AJ65BT -D75P2-S3 Positioning Module User's Manual ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 2

    ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 3

    A - 1 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS (Read these precautions before using this product.) Before using this product, please read this manual a nd the relevant manuals carefully and pay full attention to safety to handle the product correctl y. The precautions given in t his manual are concerned wi th this product only . For the safety precautions of the program ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 4

    A - 2 [Design Precauti ons] WARNING Failure to observe t his could lead to accidents for incorrect outputs or malfunctioning. Configure safety circuits exte rnal to the programmable controller to ensure that the entire system operates safely even when a fault occurs in the external pow er supply or the programmable controller. Failure to do so may ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 5

    A - 3 [Installation Prec autions] CAUT ION Use the programmable controller in an environment that meets the general specif ications in this manual. Failure to do so may result in electric shock, fire, malfunct ion, or damage to or deterioration of the product. Securely fix the module using the DI N rail or mounting screws and fully t ighten the mou ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 6

    A - 4 [Startup and Mainten ance Precau tions] ! CAUT ION Do not touch any terminal w hile power is on. Doing so w ill cause electri c shock or malfun ction. Never disassemble or modify the module. Failure to observe t his could lead to trouble, malfuncti oning, injuries or fires. Switch off all phases of the ext ernally supp lied pow er used in the ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 7

    A - 5 CONDITIONS OF USE FOR THE PRODUCT (1) Mitsubishi progra mmable controller ("the PRODU CT") shall be used in conditions; i) where any problem, fault or failure occurring in t he PRODU CT, if any, shall not lead t o any major or serious accident; and ii) where the backup and fail-safe function are syst em atically or automatically pro ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 8

    A - 6 REVI SIO NS * The manual number is given on the bottom left of the back cover . Print Date * Manu al Num ber Revis ion Apr., 19 98 IB (NA)- 6682 4-A First pri nting Ap r., 200 3 I B (N A) -668 24 -B Co mpl ete rev iew Oct., 2003 IB (NA) -66 824-C Complet e re vie w Feb .,2004 I B (NA)-6 6824- D Partia l corre ction ad dition CONTENT S, Sec ti ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 9

    A - 7 MEM O ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 10

    A - 8 INTRODUCT ION Thank you f or purch asing th e Mits ub ishi gener al- purpos e pr ogram m able c ontr oller ME LSEC- A Ser ies. Alw ays read throu gh thi s manual , and fully comprehe nd th e func tions an d perfo rman ce of th e A Serie s PLC before star ting use t o ens ure c orr ect us age of th is pr od uct. W hen appl ying t he pr ogram e ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 11

    A - 9 3. SPEC IFICAT ION S AN D FUNCT IONS 3- 1 to 3- 44 3.1 Ge neral sp ec ific ations .................................................................................................... ........................ 3- 2 3.2 Per for m ance sp ecif icat ions .............................................................................................. ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 12

    A - 10 5. D ATA U SED FOR POS ITIO NING CO NTRO L (Lis t of buf fer m em or y address es) 5- 1 to 5-1 12 5.1 Ty pes of da ta ............................................................................................................................... ........... 5- 2 5.1.1 Par am eters an d dat a r equir ed for con trol .......................... ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 13

    A - 11 7. MEMORY CONF IGURATI ON A ND DA T A P ROCESS 7- 1 to 7- 1 6 7.1 C onfigur at ion a nd r o les of D75P 2 m emor y ................................................................................... ........ 7- 2 7.1.1 Co nfig urati on a nd ro les of D75P 2 mem or y ............................................................................ ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 14

    A - 12 10. AD VANCE D POSIT ION ING CONT ROL 10- 1 to 10- 22 10.1 O utli ne of a dva nce d po sit ioning con trol .................................................................................. .......... 10- 2 10.1. 1 Dat a re quir ed for a dv ance d pos itio ni n g contr ol ...................................................................... ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 15

    A - 13 12.3.3 N ear pass m ode func tion ................................................................................................ ............. 12- 18 12.4 F uncti ons to lim it the c ontr ol ........................................................................................... .................... 12- 22 12.4.1 Sp eed l imit func tion ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 16

    A - 14 Append ix 5 Con nec tion exam ples with ser vo am plif iers m anuf acture d by MITSU BISHI El ectric Co porati on ............................................................................ Ap pend ix- 16 Append ix 5. 1 Connec ti on exam ple of D75P2 an d MR-H A (Diff erenti al dr iver (O pen c ollect or)) .................................. ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 17

    A - 15 ABOUT MAN UALS The f ollow ing m anua ls are a lso r elat ed to this pro duc t. In nec essar y, order them by qu otin g th e det ails in t he ta bles b elo w. Rel ated Ma nual s Manual Name Manual Number (Model Code) AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 Positioning Module User's M anual (Hardware) This manual des cribes perform ance speci fications , input ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 18

    A - 16 COMPLIANC E W ITH EMC AND LOW VOLTAGE DI RECT IVES (1) Met hod of ens uri ng c omplia nce To ens ure that Mits ub ishi progr am m able c ontro ller s m aint ain EMC and Lo w Volt age D irec tives whe n inc orpor ated into other m achi ner y or e quipm ent, c ert ain meas ures m a y be nec ess ary. Ple ase r efer t o one of the f ollowin g m ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 19

    A - 17 US ING TH IS MAN UAL (1 ) The s ymbols us ed in this m anual ar e sho wn be low. Unless ot herwis e specif ie d, the "buff er mem or y" indicat es the buff er m emory of the D75P2. M ....... Symbol ind icating m as ter m odule buff er m emor y address. Pr.* ....... Sy m bol indic ating posit ioni ng param eter and zero poi nt retur ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 20

    A - 18 US ING TH IS MAN UAL (2 ) The m ethods f or reading t his manual ar e sho wn belo w. 5.1 Types of dat a 5.2 List of parame ters 5.3 List of positioning d ata 5.4 List of st art block data 5.5 List of condition da t a 5.6 List of monitor data 5.7 List of co ntrol data Chapter 7 ME MORY CONFIGURATION A ND DATA P ROCESS Chapter 6 SEQU ENCE PROG ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 21

    A - 19 US ING TH IS MAN UAL (3 ) The c ontents of eac h chapt er are s hown b elow. SECTION 1 PRODUCT SPECIF I CAT IONS AND HANDLING 1 PR ODU CT OU TLI NE The basic c ontents for understanding po sitioning control using D 75P2 are described. 1 2 SY STEM CONFIGURATION The devices req uired for pos itioning co ntrol using D75P2 are described. 2 3 SPE ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 22

    A - 20 GENE RIC TE RMS AND A BBREVIA TION S Unless speci all y noted, th e follow ing gen eric term s and abbr eviat ions are use d in this manual . Generic term/abbreviation Details of generic term/abbrevi ation D75P2 Generic term for positioning m odule AJ65BT-D 75P2-S3 type. Peripheral device Generic term for DOS/V personal computer th at can ru ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 23

    A - 21 ENCL O SED PA RTS The D7 5P2 produc t co nfig ur atio n is sho wn bel ow. Part name Quantity External dev ice connection co nnector (10136-300 0VE, Sumitomo 3M ) 2 Connector cover (10336- 56 F0-008, Su mitomo 3M ) 2 Module (AJ65BT -D75P2-S3) 1 AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 P ositioning M odule User's Manual (Hardware) 1 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 24

    A - 22 MEM O ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 25

    SECTION 1 APPEN- DI CES SECTION 1 PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS AND HANDLING SECTION 1 is con figur ed fo r the f ollow ing pur poses (1) to (5). (1) To u nder stand the outli ne of position ing c ontrol, and the D75P 2 speci ficat ions and fu nctions (2) To c arry out actua l wor k such as ins talla tion and wi rin g (3) T o set paramet ers a nd da ta re ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 26

    MEM O ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 27

    1 - 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 APPEN- DI CES Chapter 1 PRODUCT OUTLINE The purpo se and outli ne of pos itionin g control using D75P2 are ex plained in this chap ter. By unders tandin g "What can be done", and "Which procedur es to use" beforehan d, the positioni ng sys tem can be str ucture d smoothl y. 1.1 Posit ioning ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 28

    1 - 2 MELSEC- A 1 PRODUCT OUT LINE 1.1 Positioning control 1.1.1 Features of D75P 2 The f eatures of the D 75P 2 are s ho wn be low. (1) Compatibility with distributed system The D7 5P2 c an b e ins tal led ne ar distr ibut ed ser vo am pl if iers a nd s tepp ing motor s. (2) Ease of comp atibilit y with absolute p osition d etection system (a) Con ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 29

    1 - 3 MELSEC- A 1 PRODUCT OUT LINE (d) The zero point return control has been strengthe ned. 1) The near-p oint dog m eth od ( one m etho d), st opper sto p m ethod ( thre e types), and c ou nt m ethod (two types ) ze ro point r et urn m ethods ha ve been pre pared as the "m ac hine zer o poi nt retur n" zer o poin t retur n method. 2) To ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 30

    1 - 4 MELSEC- A 1 PRODUCT OUT LINE 1.1.2 Purpose and ap plications of positioni ng control "Pos itio ning " ref ers to m ovin g a m ovi ng b od y, such as a work piec e or too l (h erei naft er, gener ica lly cal led "work piec e") at a desi gnate d spe ed, a nd ac cura tel y stop ping it at t he target pos itio n. T he m ain a ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 31

    1 - 5 MELSEC- A 1 PRODUCT OUT LINE Li fter (Stora ge of Br aun tube s onto agi ng rack) Servo ampli fier Servomotor B co nveyor Unloade r Loader/u nload er Aging rack Lifter C conv eyor Counter- weight A conveyor Servo amp lifier Reducti on gears Servom otor (with b rakes) Loader G2 G1 Positioning module D75P2-S3  During the agin g process of br ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 32

    1 - 6 MELSEC- A 1 PRODUCT OUT LINE 1.1.3 Mechanism of positioni ng control Posit ionin g co ntro l us ing t he D7 5P2 is car ri ed ou t wit h " pulse s igna ls ". (The D 75P2 is a module that gen erat es pu ls es). I n the pos ition ing s yst em using the D 75P 2, v arious softwar e a nd d evices are us ed for the f oll owin g r oles. T h ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 33

    1 - 7 MELSEC- A 1 PRODUCT OUT LINE The pr inc iple of "posit ion c o ntrol " an d "sp ee d contr ol " oper ati on is sh own b elo w. Position control The to tal N o. of puls es r equ ired to m ove the d esign ated dis tanc e is obt aine d in t he follo win g m anner. Tota l No. o f pul ses requ ired to move designated distance N ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 34

    1 - 8 MELSEC- A 1 PRODUCT OUT LINE 1.1.4 Outline desig n of positioning system The ou tline of th e pos it ion ing s ystem op erati on an d des ign, us ing t he D 75P2 , is s ho wn belo w. M PLG · SW1I VD-AD75P- E · SW0D 5C-AD7 5P-E · A D 7 5 T U Position ing modu le D7 5P2 Master module RY, RWw Set data Forward run pulse train Reverse run pulse ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 35

    1 - 9 MELSEC- A 1 PRODUCT OUT LINE Speed V Pulse droop amount Pulse distribution Servomotor speed Accel- eration Decel- eration Ti me t Stop settl ing ti me Pulse train Rough Dense Rough Fig. 1 .3 D75P2 outp ut pu ls es V R L P0 P Pulse encode r (PL G) Workpiece Worm gea r Table Servomotor A : M o vement amount p er pulse ( mm/pulse) Vs : C ommand ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 36

    1 - 10 MELSEC- A 1 PRODUCT OUT LINE 1.1.5 Communicating signals between D75P2 and each module The ou tline of th e s ignal c om m unication bet ween t he D 75P2 and PLC C PU, p eriph era l device an d driv e unit, etc., is shown belo w. RX(n +7)B RXnD, RXnE RY(n+1)0, RY(n+1)1 RXn7, RXn8 RXn0 RY( n+ 1)6 , RY( n+ 1)8 RY( n+ 1)7 , RY( n+ 1)9 RXn4, RXn ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 37

    1 - 11 MELSEC- A 1 PRODUCT OUT LINE D75P2 Peripheral device The D75 P2 and per ipher a l device c omm unic ate the follo wing dat a via th e perip her al device c on nect ion c onnect or . Directio n Communication D75P2 Peripheral device Peripheral device D75P2 Data (read/write) Parameter, positioning data, positioning start information Parameter, ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 38

    1 - 12 MELSEC- A 1 PRODUCT OUT LINE 1.2 Flow of sy stem operation 1.2.1 Flow of all pr ocesses The pos it ionin g co ntrol proc esses , usi ng th e D7 5P2, are s ho wn be low. AD75 software package Serv o, e tc. D75P2 PLC CPU/ maste r mod ule GPP func tion so ft- ware package Design Understand the f unctions and perf ormance, and de termine the pos ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 39

    1 - 13 MELSEC- A 1 PRODUCT OUT LINE The fo llowin g wor k is carried out wit h the pr ocesses show n on the left page. Details R eference 1) Understand the product functions and usag e methods, the configuration devices and specification s required for positioni ng control, and desig n the system.  Chapter 1  Chapter 2  Chapter 3  Chapt ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 40

    1 - 14 MELSEC- A 1 PRODUCT OUT LINE 1.2.2 Outline of starti ng The ou tline f or start ing each con tro l is s ho wn wit h the fol lowi ng f lowchar t. * It is as sum ed th at eac h m od ule is ins tall ed, a nd th e r equir ed s ystem conf igur at ion, etc., h as b een prepar ed. Preparation Control func tion s Main position- ing control Advanced ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 41

    1 - 15 MELSEC- A 1 PRODUCT OUT LINE D75P2 Setting method : Indi cates the sequence program that must be created. <AD75 so ftware package> Set with AD75 software package * Set the parameter and data for executing this function, and the auxiliary functions that need t o be set beforeh and. Write Write <GPP function software package> Creat ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 42

    1 - 16 MELSEC- A 1 PRODUCT OUT LINE 1.2.3 Outline of stoppi ng Each c ontr ol is sto pped in t he f ollo wing c as es. (1) W hen each c on trol is c om pleted norm al ly. (2) W hen the dri ve unit READ Y signa l is turn ed OFF . (3) W hen the data link of CC- Li nk s tops. (4) W hen Initial d ata s ett ing r eques t ( RY(n +7)9) turns ON a nd Rem o ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 43

    1 - 17 MELSEC- A 1 PRODUCT OUT LINE 1.2.4 Outline for r estarting W hen a sto p ca use h as oc cur red d uri ng o perat ion with pos itio n co ntrol caus ing the axis to sto p, pos it ioni ng t o the end poin t of the pos iti oning data can be r estart ed f ro m the sto pped posi tion by us ing r estar t com m and [R Y(n+2 )5, R Y(n+4) 5]. When &qu ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 44

    1 - 18 MELSEC- A 1 PRODUCT OUT LINE 1.3 Outline of communi cation For com m unica tion b etw een t he D75P2 and m as ter m odule , the tw o dif feren t transm iss ion form ats, c yclic transm iss ion and tr ansie nt tr ansm issio n, are use d. When AJ61BT11 or A1SJ61BT 11 is used PLC CP U Mast er mod ule Cyclic transmission Trans ient transmi ssion ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 45

    1 - 19 MELSEC- A 1 PRODUCT OUT LINE 1.3.1 Cycli c transmission This sect ion ex p lains c yc lic t ransm is sion b etwee n th e D75 P2 a nd m aster m odule. PLC CPU Master module D75P2 Buffe r memo ry Remote input (RX) Remote output (RY) Remote register (RWw) Remote register (RWr) Remote input (RX) Remote output (RY) Remote register (RWw) Remote re ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 46

    1 - 20 MELSEC- A 1 PRODUCT OUT LINE 1.3.2 Transient transmission This sect ion ex pla ins tr ansi ent tr ansm iss ion bet ween t he D7 5P2 and m aster m odule. When FROM/TO commands are used PLC CPU Master modu le D75P2 (Station No. 1) Buff er me mor y (Transm ission/ rec eption area) Transmi ssion ar ea Recept ion are a Transmi ssion/ re cept ion ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 47

    2 - 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 Appen - di ces Chapter 2 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION In this chapter, the general ima ge of the sy stem configuration of the pos itioning control using D75P2, the configuration devices, appl icable CPU module and the precautions of configuring the system are explained. Prepare the required configu ration devices to m ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 48

    2 - 2 MELSEC- A 2 SYST EM CONFIGURA TION 2.1 General imag e of sy stem The ge nera l im age of th e s ystem , inc ludi ng t he D7 5P2, PLC C PU a nd p eriph era l device s is shown bel ow. (The Nos . i n th e illus tr ation r ef er to t he "No." in s ect ion " 2.2 L ist of conf igur atio n devices". CC-Lin k master/local module ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 49

    2 - 3 MELSEC- A 2 SYST EM CONFIGURA TION 7 9 8 10 Drive unit Motor Cable Manual pulse generator Machine system input (s witch) · Near-point do g · Limit switch · External start signal · Speed/ pos itio n ch ange ove r s ign al · Stop signal AD75TU 4 3 Personal computer Peripheral device (Ref er to t he AD75 S oftwa re Pa ckage Oper atin g Manu ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 50

    2 - 4 MELSEC- A 2 SYST EM CONFIGURA TION 2.2 List of configur ation devi ces The pos it ion ing s ystem usi ng t he D7 5P2 is c onfigur ed of the fo llowi ng de vices . No. Part name Type Remarks 1 Positioning module AJ65BT-D75P2- S3 – 2 AD75 software package S W 1IVD-AD75P-E DOS/V personal computer soft ware package* 1 S W 0 D 5 C - A D 7 5 P - ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 51

    2 - 5 MELSEC- A 2 SYST EM CONFIGURA TION Specific at ions lis t of rec omm ended m a nua l pu lse g ene rator Item Specifications Model name MR-HDP01 Pulse resolution 25pulse/rev (100 pulse/rev after magnification by 4) Output method Voltage-output (power supply voltage -1V or more), Output current = M ax. 20mA Power supply voltage 4.5 to 13.2VDC C ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 52

    2 - 6 MELSEC- A 2 SYST EM CONFIGURA TION 2.3 Applicable sy stem This sect ion ex pla ins th e C C-Link s ystem m aster m odu les th at c an use the D75 P2 an d the PLC CPUs th at can use the CC- Link de dicat ed c omm ands. About t he master modules that can use t he D75P2 (1) When AJ6 1BT11, A1SJ61BT11, AJ61QB T11 or A1SJ61QBT11 is used Use the m ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 53

    2 - 7 MELSEC- A 2 SYST EM CONFIGURA TION PLC CPUs that can use the CC-Link dedicat ed commands The PLC C PUs that c an us e the CC- Link dedicat ed com mands are the fol lowing m odels. ACPU  A1SHCPU, A1SJ HCPU, A2 SHCPU  A2UCPU, A2UCPU-S1, A3U CPU, A4UCPU (Software versi on Q (manufactured in July, 1999) or later) * 1  A2USCPU, A2USCPU-S1 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 54

    2 - 8 MELSEC- A 2 SYST EM CONFIGURA TION 2.4 Precautions for use Precautions for use of D75P2 (1) Necessity of AD75 Software Package W hen usin g the D75 P2, pres et the pos ition ing data to th e D75 P2 us ing the AD75 Soft ware P ack age. (2) About D75P2 functions The D7 5P2 has th e bas ic f unc tions (f unctio ns indic ated in (a) ) th at c an ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 55

    2 - 9 MELSEC- A 2 SYST EM CONFIGURA TION * 1 Limite d to the cas e wher e " Cd. 21 Speed/ positio n change ove r control movem ent am oun t ch ange reg ister " an d " Cd. 36 Speed/posi tion chan geo ver contr ol (AB S m ode) fu nct ion vali d flag " is n ot s et. * 2 Lim ited t o th e cas e wher e " Cd. 3 1 Positi oning s t ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 56

    2 - 10 MELSEC- A 2 SYST EM CONFIGURA TION Function Data for use of transient trans mission Reference Main functions Main positioning control Speed/position changeover control When the following v alues are set  Cd. 21 Speed/po sition changeover control movement amount ch ange register  Cd. 36 Speed/po sition changeover control (ABS mode) func ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 57

    2 - 11 MELSEC- A 2 SYST EM CONFIGURA TION Precaut ions for using stepping motor W hen configur ing the pos iti oning s ystem using a s tepp ing m otor, the f ollo wing points m ust be observed. R efer to section "12.7 .6 Ste ppin g m otor mode f unctions " for detai ls. (1) Sett ing the s teppin g m otor m ode (a) W hen using a steppin g ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 58

    2 - 12 MELSEC- A 2 SYST EM CONFIGURA TION MEM O ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 59

    3 - 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 APPEN- DI CES Chapter 3 SPECIFICATIONS AND FUNCTIONS The var ious spec ificati ons of the D75 P2 are expl ained i n this c hap ter. The "G enera l spec ifica tions ", "Per forma nce s pecifi cation s", " List of fu nction s", "Speci ficatio ns o f input/ou tput s ignals with ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 60

    3 - 2 MELSEC- A 3 SPECIFICATIONS AND FUNCTIONS 3.1 General specificati ons The ge nera l sp ecif icat ions of the D7 5P2 are g ive n be low. Item Specifications Operating ambient temperature 0 to 55 ° C* 6 Storage ambient temperature -20 to 75 ° C* 6 Operating ambient humidity 10 to 90% RH, non-condensing (The waterproof type remote I/O module is ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 61

    3 - 3 MELSEC- A 3 SPECIFICATIONS AND FUNCTIONS Item Speci fic ations Operating am bient tem perature 0 to 45  C Storage am bient t emperature Not wired (ind ividual pro duct ) -20 to 65  C Wired (af ter cable i nstall ation) -10 to 55  C REMARK To ens ure t hat t he pr od uct m ainta ins EMC and Low Vo ltag e D irect ives , cer tain meas u ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 62

    3 - 4 MELSEC- A 3 SPECIFICATIONS AND FUNCTIONS 3.2 Performance sp ecifications Item Specifications No. of control ax es 2 axes Interpolation function 2-axis linear interpolation 2-axis circular interpolation * 1 Control method PTP (Point To Point) control, path control (both linear and arc can be set), speed control, speed/position changeov er cont ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 63

    3 - 5 MELSEC- A 3 SPECIFICATIONS AND FUNCTIONS Item CC-Link station type Inte lli gen t devi ce st ati on Number of occupied stations 4 stations (RX /RY 128 points each, R W r/R W w 16 point s each) External power supply (V) 24VD C ( 20 .4 to 26 .4 VDC ) Applicable conductor size (mm 2 ) 0.75 to 2.00mm 2 Module mounting screw (mm) M4 0.7mm 16mm or ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 64

    3 - 6 MELSEC- A 3 SPECIFICATIONS AND FUNCTIONS 3.3 List of functions 3.3.1 D75P2 control functions The D7 5P2 has s ever al f unctio ns. In th is m anua l, the D75 P2 f unct ions are c ategor ize d and ex pla ined as fo llo ws. Main f unctions (1) Zero point return control "Zero poi nt ret urn contro l" is a func tion that establis he d t ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 65

    3 - 7 MELSEC- A 3 SPECIFICATIONS AND FUNCTIONS Posi tion control Speed contr ol Speed/ position cha ngeove r control Other cont rol Parameter initialization function Execution data backup function LED display fu nction Clock data function Main fun ctions Auxiliary func tions Zero point return control Control registered in D75P2 [Positioning sta rt ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 66

    3 - 8 MELSEC- A 3 SPECIFICATIONS AND FUNCTIONS 3.3.2 D75P2 main functions The ou tline of th e m ain f unc tions f or pos it ion ing co ntro l wit h th e D75 P2 ar e des crib ed below. ( Ref er t o "SE CTIO N 2" for d etai ls on eac h func tion.) Main functions Details Reference section Zero point return control Machine zero point return ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 67

    3 - 9 MELSEC- A 3 SPECIFICATIONS AND FUNCTIONS Main functions Details Reference section Advanced positioning control Block start (Normal start) W ith one start, ex ecutes the positioning data in a random bloc k with the set order. 10.3.2 Condition start Carries out condition judgment set in the "condition data" for the designated position ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 68

    3 - 10 MELSEC- A 3 SPECIFICATIONS AND FUNCTIONS 3.3.3 D75P2 aux iliary functions and common functions Auxiliary functions The f unctions that ass ist po sitio ning c ontrol using the D75P2 are descr ibed b elow. (Refer to "SECT ION 2" f or deta ils on each f unctio n. Auxiliary function Details Reference section Functions characteristic t ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 69

    3 - 11 MELSEC- A 3 SPECIFICATIONS AND FUNCTIONS Auxiliary function Details Reference section Other functions Step function This function temporarily stop s the operation to confirm the positioning operation during de bugging, etc. The operation can be stopp ed at each "automatic d eceleration" or "positioning data". 12.7.1 Skip ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 70

    3 - 12 MELSEC- A 3 SPECIFICATIONS AND FUN CTIONS 3.3.4 Comb ination of D75P 2 main functio ns and auxilia ry fu nctions W ith positi onin g contr ol us in g the D75 P2, t he mai n func t ions a nd a uxil iar y functi ons can be com bin ed and use d as neces sar y. A l ist of the m ai n func tion and aux iliar y functi on c om binat ions is g iv en ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 71

    3 - 13 MELSEC- A 3 SPECIFICATIONS AND FUN CTIONS Functions that compensate control Functions that limit control Functions that change control details Other functions Backlash compensation function Electronic gear function Near pass mode function Speed limit function Torque limit function Software stroke limit function Hardware stroke limit function ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 72

    3 - 14 MELSEC- A 3 SPECIFICATIONS AND FUN CTIONS 3.4 Specifications o f input/output signal s for master module 3.4.1 List of input/outpu t signals The D75 P2 uses 12 8 inpu t poin ts and 128 ou tput po int s for excha ngi ng data with the mas ter m odule . The i nput/ou tput s igna l ass ignm ent and s ignal nam es a re sho wn bel ow. Devic e RX r ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 73

    3 - 15 MELSEC- A 3 SPECIFICATIONS AND FUN CTIONS Signal direction: D75P2 master module Signal direction: M aster module D75P2 Device No. Signal name Device No. Signal name RX(n+2)0 Axis 1 zero point return complete flag R Y(n+2)0 Axis 1 servo ON RX(n+2)1 Axis 1 warning detection RY(n+2)1 Axis 1 ABS transfer mode RX(n+2)2 Axis 1 speed chang e 0 flag ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 74

    3 - 16 MELSEC- A 3 SPECIFICATIONS AND FUN CTIONS Signal direction: D75P2 master module Signal direction: M aster module D75P2 Device No. Signal name Device No. Signal name RX(n+6)0 to RX(n+7)7 Use prohibited RY(n+6)0 to RY(n+7)7 Use prohibited RX(n+7)8 Initial data processing reque st RY (n+7)8 Initial data processing co mplete RX(n+7)9 Initial dat ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 75

    3 - 17 MELSEC- A 3 SPECIFICATIONS AND FUN CTIONS 3.4.2 Details of inp ut signals (D 75P2 Master module) The O N/OFF tim ing and co ndit ions , etc ., of the input si gnals are show n b elow. Device No. S ignal nam e Details RXn 0 D75P2 READY OFF : READY co mplete ON : Not ready /WDT error  W hen the remot e station READY (RX(n+7)B) turns from OF ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 76

    3 - 18 MELSEC- A 3 SPECIFICATIONS AND FUN CTIONS Device No. S ignal nam e Details RX (n+1 )2 RX (n+4 )2 Axis 1 Axis 2 Drive unit READY OFF: Drive unit R EADY signal OFF ON: Drive unit READY signal ON  This signal t urns ON when the driv e unit is normal and is ready to accept feed pulses . (* 1 ) RX (n+1 )3 RX (n+4 )3 Axis 1 Axis 2 Zero point si ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 77

    3 - 19 MELSEC- A 3 SPECIFICATIONS AND FUN CTIONS Device No. S ignal nam e Details RX (n+1 )E RX (n+4 )E Axis 1 Axis 2 Command in-posit ion signal OFF: Outs ide i n-p ositi on rang e ON: Within in-position rang e  This signal t urns ON when the remai ning dist ance fall s within the "comm and in-posit ion range" set in the param eter. ? ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 78

    3 - 20 MELSEC- A 3 SPECIFICATIONS AND FUN CTIONS Device No. S ignal nam e Details RX (n+7 )9 Initial data set ting comple te OFF: Initial data setting incomplete ON: Initia l data setting complete  This signal t urns ON at complet ion of initi al data set ting after I nitial data setti ng request (RY (n+7)9) has t urned ON. When Init ial data re ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 79

    3 - 21 MELSEC- A 3 SPECIFICATIONS AND FUN CTIONS 3.4.3 Details of output signals (Master module D75P2) The ON /OFF tim ing and co ndit ions , etc. , of t he out put s igna ls ar e sho wn be low. Device No. S ignal nam e Details RY(n+1)0 RY(n+1)1 Axis 1 Axis 2 Posit ioning start OFF : No pos itioning start request ON : Pos itioni ng start requested ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 80

    3 - 22 MELSEC- A 3 SPECIFICATIONS AND FUN CTIONS Device No. S ignal nam e Details RY(n+2)7 RY(n+4)7 Axis 1 Axis 2 Speed change request OFF : No speed change request ON : Speed change requested  W hen changing the s peed during pos itioni ng operation, t urn this signal ON after s etting a new speed val ue.  This signal executes a speed change ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 81

    3 - 23 MELSEC- A 3 SPECIFICATIONS AN D FUNCTIONS 3.5 Remote regi sters The D7 5P2 has r emote r eg ister s for trans fer of da ta to/f rom the t he m as ter m odule. This sect ion ex pla ins th e as signm ent a nd d ata s truc tur e of the r em ote re gister s. (1) Remote register assig nment The f ollowi ng ta ble i ndicat es the rem ote re gister ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 82

    3 - 24 MELSEC- A 3 SPECIFICATIONS AN D FUNCTIONS (2) Rem ote re giste r deta ils Setting item Setting details Positioning start No. • Set the start No. for positioning. Positioning operation speed ov erride Set the "override" value when overriding the speed durin g positioning operation. *For details of "override", refer t o s ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 83

    3 - 25 MELSEC- A 3 SPECIFICATIONS AN D FUNCTIONS Setting value Default value Addresses Ax is 1 Ax is 2 Set with a decimal. K Positioning data No. Setting value : Positioning data No. : Block start designation : Indirectly specif ication : Machine zero point return : High-speed zero point return : Current value change : Absolute position restorat io ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 84

    3 - 26 MELSEC- A 3 SPECIFICATIONS AN D FUNCTIONS Setting item Setting details JOG speed • Set the JOG speed for JO G operation. • The setting v alue should be within the follow ing range. Pr .1 Pr . 11 mm ( 10 -2 mm/min) inch ( 10 -3 inch/min) degree ( 10 -3 degree/m in) pulse (pulse/s ) Standard mode 0 to 600000000 0 t o 600000000 0 to 6000000 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 85

    3 - 27 MELSEC- A 3 SPECIFICATIONS AN D FUNCTIONS Setting value Default value Addresses Ax is 1 Ax is 2 Set with a decimal. R Unit conversion table (JOG speed) Example) n 2 mm/mi n 3 inch/min 3 degree/m in 0 pulse/s Unit Actual value  10 n Conversi on into i nteger S etting value (Decimal) When setting "20000. 00 mm/min" to JOG speed ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 86

    3 - 28 MELSEC- A 3 SPECIFICATIONS AN D FUNCTIONS Storage item Storage details Current feed value The currently commanded addr ess is stored. (Differs from the actual motor positio n during operation.) The address of the current po sition is stored. • Update timing : 56.8ms • At completion of a machi ne zero point return, the zero point address ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 87

    3 - 29 MELSEC- A 3 SPECIFICATIONS AN D FUNCTIONS Monitor value definition Factory setting Addresses Ax is 1 Ax is 2 Monitor with a hexadecimal di splay. A B C D A B C D E F G H E R F G H b15 b12 b4 b0 b8 EF G H b31 b28 b20 b16 b24 A B C D Moni tor va lue Low-ord er remote registe r High-or der re mote reg ister Rearr ange ment Decimal i nteger Conv ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 88

    3 - 30 MELSEC- A 3 SPECIFICATIONS AN D FUNCTIONS Storage item Storage details Axis w arning No. A t axis warning detection, the warning code corresponding to the warning definition is stored. • The latest warning code is al ways stored. (When a new axis warning occurs, the warning code is ov erwritten.) • W hen warning reset [RY( n+2)4, RY(n+4) ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 89

    3 - 31 MELSEC- A 3 SPECIFICATIONS AN D FUNCTIONS Monitor value definition Factory setting Addresses Ax is 1 Ax is 2 Set with a decimal. Monitor value Warning No. For details of the warning No. (warning code), re fer to s ection "14.4 List of warnings" i n thi s manual. 0 RW r n + 6 RW r n + 1 4 Set with a decimal. : Dur ing step erro r oc ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 90

    3 - 32 MELSEC- A 3 SPECIFICATIONS AND FUN CTIONS 3.6 Transmissi on delay time This sect ion indic ates th e tr ansm iss ion d ela y tim e (tim e req uir ed u ntil d at a is transm itted) . Cyclic tra nsm is sion ( Comm on to AJ 61BT 11, A 1SJ 61BT 11, AJ 61Q BT 11, A1SJ6 1Q BT11 an d QJ61B T 11N) (1) Cal culation expr ession Details Calculation exp ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 91

    3 - 33 MELSEC- A 3 SPECIFICATIONS AND FUN CTIONS Transient tr ansm iss ion (1) W he n master mo dule is AJ61BT11, A1SJ61 BT11, AJ61QBT11 or A1SJ61QBT11 (a) Calc ulat ion expr essio n Details Calculation expression (Unit: m s) Master module D75P2 (write) {SM 2 + LS 6 (number of write points *1 + 16)/72 *2 LS + bps constant} N Master module D 75P2 (r ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 92

    3 - 34 MELSEC- A 3 SPECIFICATIONS AND FUN CTIONS (2) W he n master module is QJ61BT11N (a) Calc ulat ion expr essio n Details Calculation expression (Unit: m s) Master module D75P2 (write (RIW T comm and)) OT + LS {BC + (number of w rite points *1 + 16)/72 *2 1.13} Master module D 75P2 (read (RIRD command)) OT + LS {BC + (number of read points *1 + ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 93

    3 - 35 MELSEC- A 3 SPECIFICATIONS AND FUNCTIONS 3.7 Specifications of i nput/output interfaces w ith exter nal devices 3.7.1 Electrical specifications of input/out put signals Input specifications Signal name Rated input voltage/current Working voltage range ON voltage/current OFF voltage/current Input resistance Response time Drive unit READY (REA ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 94

    3 - 36 MELSEC- A 3 SPECIFICATIONS AND FUNCTIONS Output specifications Signal name Rated lo ad voltage Operating load voltage range Max. l oad current/inrush current Max. voltage drop at ON Leakage current at OFF Response time Deviation c ounter c lear (CLEAR ) 5 to 24VDC 4. 75 to 30VDC 0.1A/ 1 point/0. 4A 10ms or les s 1VDC (TYP ) 2.5VDC (MA X) 0.1 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 95

    3 - 37 MELSEC- A 3 SPECIFICATIONS AND FUNCTIONS POINT Set th e paramete rs, " Pr.5 P ulse ou tput mode" and " Pr. 24 Logi c selection for pulse ou tput to the d r ive unit ", in ac c ordanc e with t he spec if icat ions of a c on nect ed ser vo am pl ifier . If not, the m otor m ay rot ate in th e oppo s ite di rectio n or may n ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 96

    3 - 38 MELSEC- A 3 SPECIFICATIONS AND FUNCTIONS 3.7.2 Signal l ayout for ex ternal device connection connector The s pecif icat ions of th e c onn ector s ec tio n, wh ich is th e in put/ outp ut in terfac e f or th e D75P2 and exte rnal device , are show n below. The s ignal la yout for th e D7 5P2 exter nal de vice c on necti on c onnect or (f or ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 97

    3 - 39 MELSEC- A 3 SPECIFICATIONS AND FUNCTIONS 3.7.3 List of input/outpu t signal details The de tai ls of e ach D 75 P2 ex terna l de vice c onnec ti on conn ect or (f or 1 axis ) si gnal are shown be low. Signal name Pin No. Signal details Common 36 35  Signal that indicates that transmissio n data is ready in the ABS transfer mode. ABS trans ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 98

    3 - 40 MELSEC- A 3 SPECIFICATIONS AND FUNCTIONS Signal name Pin No. Signal details Pulse sign common Pulse output common (Open collector) 20 19  Output the positioning pulses a nd pulse sign for the open colle ctor compatible drive unit. Pulse sign Pulse output (Open collector) 2 1 ABS data bit 1 ABS data bit 0 18 17  ABS data to be transferr ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 99

    3 - 41 MELSEC- A 3 SPECIFICATIONS AND FUNCTIONS Signal name Pin No. Signal details Deviation counter clear 5  Output during machine zero point return. (Note that this sign al is not output during the count method 2).) (Example) W hen carry out machine zero p oint return with stopper stop metohd 2) CLEAR 10ms Pr.48 Spe ed Stopper Time Near-point ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 100

    3 - 42 MELSEC- A 3 SPECIFICATIONS AND FUNCTIONS 3.7.4 Input/output i nterface internal ci rcuit The ou tline dia gram of th e inter na l circ uit for the D75P 2 ex terna l dev ice c onn ection interf ace is show n belo w. : W iring i s neces sary in position i ng. : Perf orm wi ring when ne cess ar y. Input/ out -put cla ss Exter nal wi ring Pin No ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 101

    3 - 43 MELSEC- A 3 SPECIFICATIONS AND FUNCTIONS : W iring i s neces sary in position i ng. : Perf orm wi ring when ne cess ar y. Input/ out -put cla ss Exter nal wi ring Pin No. Intern al circui t Sign al nam e Details Ne ed fo r wir i ng Output 5 Deviati on c oun ter clear CLEAR • Signal that reset s the dr oop p ulses of the devi ation counter ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 102

    3 - 44 MELSEC- A 3 SPECIFICATIONS AND FUNCTIONS MEM O ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 103

    4 - 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 APPEN- DI CES Chapter 4 INSTALLATION, WIRING AND MAINTENANCE OF THE PRODUCT The installati on, wiring and maintenance of the D75P2 are explained in this chapter. Important i nformation such as pre cautions to prevent malfunctioning of the D75P2, accidents and injuries as well as t he proper work methods are de ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 104

    4 - 2 MELSEC- A 4 INSTALLATION, WIRING AND MAINTENANCE OF T HE PRODUCT 4.1 Outline of instal lation, w iring and maintenance 4.1.1 Installation, w iring and maintenance procedures The outl ine and pr oced ures f or D75P 2 insta llat ion, wir in g and m ainten ance ar e shown belo w. STEP 7 STEP 8 STEP 9 STEP 1 0 Re fe r to section 4.8 Re fe r to se ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 105

    4 - 3 MELSEC- A 4 INSTALLATION, WIRING AND MAINTENANCE OF T HE PRODUCT 4.1.2 Names of each p art The nam es of eac h D7 5P2 part are s ho wn be low. *1: Sinc e a hard ware v ersi on L or later , or ser ial num ber (firs t five dig its) of "1604 1" or lat er, the in dic ator com ponents have bee n ch ang ed to LED m odul es. (No ch ang e i ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 106

    4 - 4 MELSEC- A 4 INSTALLATION, WIRING AND MAINTENANCE OF T HE PRODUCT 7) Exter nal de vice connec tion connec tors (AX1, AX 2) Connec tors f or c onnec tio n o f the driv e unit, m echan ica l s ystem in put and m anu al pulse ge ner ator. 8) 17-se gm ent LE D Displ ay t he m essag e tha t in dic ates th e op era tion status ac cord ing t o th e m ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 107

    4 - 5 MELSEC- A 4 INSTALLATION, WIRING AND MAINTENANCE OF T HE PRODUCT 4.1.3 Handling precautions Handle the D 75P 2 an d cabl e whi le obs erv ing t he f ollowi ng pr ecaut ions . (1) Handl ing precautions ! WARNING Use the PLC within t he general specifications enviro nment given in this manual . Using the PLC out side the general specificati on ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 108

    4 - 6 MELSEC- A 4 INSTALLATION, WIRING AND MAINTENANCE OF T HE PRODUCT (2) Other pr ecautions (a) Mai n body  The m ain bod y case is made of pl ast ic. T ake c are no t to dro p or a ppl y stron g im pacts onto the c as e. (b) Install ation environment Do not inst all th e modu le in the f ollowi ng t ype of envir onm ent.  W here the ambie ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 109

    4 - 7 MELSEC- A 4 INSTAL LATION, W IRING AND MAINT ENANCE OF T HE PRO DUCT 4.2 Installation 4.2.1 Precautions for installation This sect ion ex p lains the insta llat ion of th e D75 P2. The D75P2 is instal led in ei the r of t he fol lowing tw o method s. • In s talled on DIN rail • In stalled on cont r ol box Refer to th is sect ion as well a ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 110

    4 - 8 MELSEC- A 4 INSTAL LATION, W IRING AND MAINT ENANCE OF T HE PRO DUCT (2) Pr ecautions for installation i nto control box • Con tro l box ho le The d iam eter of a c ontro l bo x ho le sh ould be 1 0cm or l es s. If th e ho le is m ore than 10c m , rad io wav es m ay le ak. A lso, e lim inat e ga ps betwe en the c ontr ol box do or an d m od ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 111

    4 - 9 MELSEC- A 4 INSTAL LATION, W IRING AND MAINT ENANCE OF T HE PRO DUCT 4.2.2 Installation/r emoval of modul e This sect ion ex p lains the proced ures f or insta llin g and r em oving the D7 5P2. [1] Installation (removal) to ( from) DIN rail Installation procedure (1) Confirm if all p has es of the exter na lly su ppli ed p ower fo r the s y s ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 112

    4 - 10 MELSEC- A 4 INSTAL LATION, W IRING AND MAINT ENANCE OF T HE PRO DUCT Removal procedure (1) Confirm if all p has es of the exter na lly su ppli ed p ower fo r the s y s tem are s wi tched off or not. *If n ot, s witch off all phases . (2) Insert a f lat-b lade s cr ewdri ver i nto port ion A, and whi le sim ultane ous ly pu lling it slight ly ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 113

    4 - 11 MELSEC- A 4 INSTAL LATION, W IRING AND MAINT ENANCE OF T HE PRO DUCT [2] Installation (remov al) to (from) enclosure surface Installation procedure (1) Confirm if all p has es of the exter na lly su ppli ed p ower fo r the s y s tem are s wi tched off or not. *If n ot, s witch off all phases . (2) Fix the m odule to the enc los ure sur fac e ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 114

    4 - 12 MELSEC- A 4 INSTAL LATION, W IRING AND MAINT ENANCE OF T HE PRO DUCT 4.3 Connection of CC -Link dedicated cable Connec t the D75 P2 with t he m aster modul e b y the "CC- Link dedic ate d cab le". Mak e connec tio n in the f ollo wing pr ocedur e. [1] Connection procedu re (1) Confirm if all p has es of the exter na lly su ppli ed ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 115

    4 - 13 MELSEC- A 4 INSTAL LATION, W IRING AND MAINT ENANCE OF T HE PRO DUCT [2] Advice The term ina l b lock can be r em oved f rom the m odu le. W hen rem oval of t he term in al block mak es connect ion easier, loos en the sc rew in the follo wing f igur e, r em ove t he term inal block , and c onn ect the ca ble. [ W ork checks] After cable conn ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 116

    4 - 14 MELSEC- A 4 INSTAL LATION, W IRING AND MAINT ENANCE OF T HE PRO DUCT 4.4 Module setting This sect ion ex pla ins th e se tti ng of the D75P2. 4.4.1 Station numb er setting of module Set th e station numbe r of the D7 5P2. *The defau lt valu e (f act ory s ettin g) is st atio n N o. "01 ". [1] Setting bases 1) The sett ing num ber s ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 117

    4 - 15 MELSEC- A 4 INSTAL LATION, W IRING AND MAINT ENANCE OF T HE PRO DUCT 4.4.2 Transmissi on speed setting of module Set t he tra nsm iss ion sp eed of th e D75 P2. *The def ault va lue (fac tor y sett ing) is "0". [1] Setting bases 1) The number th at can b e set is wit hin th e rang e "0" to "4 ". 2) The number is ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 118

    4 - 16 MELSEC- A 4 INSTAL LATION, W IRING AND MAINT ENANCE OF T HE PRO DUCT 4.5 W iri ng/connection This sectio n exp lains th e wir ing and co nnec tio n of the D75 P2. "Ex ter nal wir ing insus cept ible to no is e" and "c orrect c onnec tion " are am ong th e condit ions to full y exhib it the D 75P 2 func tions an d ensur e ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 119

    4 - 17 MELSEC- A 4 INSTAL LATION, W IRING AND MAINT ENANCE OF T HE PRO DUCT (10) Do no t pu ll the c able whe n r emovi ng th e cab le f rom the D75 P2 or dr ive u nit. Hold and pu ll th e con nect or co nnecte d to t he D 75P 2 or dr ive unit. If th e cab le connec ted to the D75P 2 or drive unit is pu lled , a malf unc tion m ay be caus ed. As we ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 120

    4 - 18 MELSEC- A 4 INSTAL LATION, W IRING AND MAINT ENANCE OF T HE PRO DUCT (14) Route the c ables c on necte d to the D 75P 2, in a duc t, or f ix them . If c ables ar e not routed in t he d uct or no f ixin g m easures are tak en t o the m , drif ting or m oving cables, bre akage of t he D7 5P2 , dri ve uni t or cabl e du e to a care lessl y pu l ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 121

    4 - 19 MELSEC- A 4 INSTAL LATION, W IRING AND MAINT ENANCE OF T HE PRO DUCT c) Cable clam p f ittin g pos it ion and sh iel ded c ab le gro und ing m etho d D75P2 20 to 30cm Inside control box AD75CK For det ails , ref er t o th e AD75C K C able C lam p Ins truct io n Man ual < IB-68 682 >. ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 122

    4 - 20 MELSEC- A 4 INSTAL LATION, W IRING AND MAINT ENANCE OF T HE PRO DUCT 4.5.2 Wiring the ex ternal dev ice connection connector pi ns The pins for the ex terna l devic e connec tio n connec tor are wire d in the f ollo wing manner . (1) (2) (3) Dis as sem bl in g the con nec to r se cti o n Connecting the conne ctor and wire Assembling the conn ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 123

    4 - 21 MELSEC- A 4 INSTAL LATION, W IRING AND MAINT ENANCE OF T HE PRO DUCT (2) Connecting the connector and wir e * Refer to sec ti on "3. 7 Sp ecif icati ons of inp ut/o utput int erf aces with exter nal device s" when connecti ng. (a) Loosen the cable fix ture screw B, pass the cable throug h, and then tighten screw B. (Scre w B m a y ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 124

    4 - 22 MELSEC- A 4 INSTAL LATION, W IRING AND MAINT ENANCE OF T HE PRO DUCT (c) After connection, the state w ill be as shown below . ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 125

    4 - 23 MELSEC- A 4 INSTAL LATION, W IRING AND MAINT ENANCE OF T HE PRO DUCT (3) Assembling the connector section (a) Fit the soldered connector and cabl e fixtur e into the connector cover . * The c able fixtur e ac ts as a s topper to pr ot ect the sign al wire c onn ectio n sectio n when th e cable i s pulled on. If th e cable is no t suffi cient ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 126

    4 - 24 MELSEC- A 4 INSTAL LATION, W IRING AND MAINT ENANCE OF T HE PRO DUCT 4.5.3 Connecting the c onnector The D7 5P2 is c onnect ed to the dr ive un it or per ipher al d evice wit h the con nector . Us e the fol lowi ng pr oce dure t o c onnect . (1) Connecting (a) Confirm if all phases of the exter nally supplied pow er for the system are switch ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 127

    4 - 25 MELSEC- A 4 INSTAL LATION, W IRING AND MAINT ENANCE OF T HE PRO DUCT 4.6 Confirmi ng the install ation and wir ing 4.6.1 Items to confir m w hen installation and wi ring are compl eted Che ck the (1 ) and (2 ) points whe n completed wi th the D75P 2 install ation and wir ing. (1) Does the D75P2 op erate correctly ? ... "Single module te ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 128

    4 - 26 MELSEC- A 4 INSTAL LATION, W IRING AND MAINT ENANCE OF T HE PRO DUCT 4.7 Single modul e test W hether th e D7 5P2 is oper at ing cor rec tl y is c onfirm ed with the L ED d ispl ays o n th e D75P2 m ain bo dy. The "s in gle m odul e tes t" m etho ds are des cr ibed bel ow. The "s in gle m odul e tes t" ca n be c arr ied o ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 129

    4 - 27 MELSEC- A 4 INSTAL LATION, W IRING AND MAINT ENANCE OF T HE PRO DUCT (Step 3) Operation monitor 2 1) The axis disp la y LED f or e ac h axis wi ll tur n ON sequ ent ial ly at a n ap prox. 0.5 se cond interv al. O ne of the f ollo wing s tat es will a ppear on t he 1 7-s egment LED to i ndic ate the sta te of th e axis f or whic h the axis di ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 130

    4 - 28 MELSEC- A 4 INSTAL LATION, W IRING AND MAINT ENANCE OF T HE PRO DUCT (Step 5) Internal information 2 monitor 1) T he D7 5P2 O S ver sion wil l appe ar o n the 1 7-se gm ent LE D for r efer enc e. Versio n [V000] 2) The axis disp la y LED f or e ac h ax is wi ll tur n OFF . 3) W hen the mode s witch is pr ess ed, t he sta te wi ll sh ift t o ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 131

    4 - 29 MELSEC- A 4 INSTAL LATION, W IRING AND MAINT ENANCE OF T HE PRO DUCT POINT (1) The op era tion m onit or descr ib ed i n th is sec tio n is a f unctio n tha t allows the D75P2 s tate , contr ol s tate of each axis and s tate of th e i nput/ outp ut sig nals t o be confir m ed. This monit or can be operate d at an y tim e. (2) If the D75P2 is ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 132

    4 - 30 MELSEC- A 4 INSTAL LATION, W IRING AND MAINT ENANCE OF T HE PRO DUCT 4.8 Maintenance 4.8.1 Precautions for maintenance The prec au tions f or ser vic ing t he D7 5P2 are g ive n be low. R efer to t his sect ion as well as sectio n "4.1 .3 Hand lin g prec autions " wh en carr ying out the work . WARNING Switch off all phases of the ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 133

    5 - 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 APPEN- DI CES Chapter 5 DATA USED FOR POSITIONING CONTROL The parame ters and d ata used to ca rry out po sitionin g contro l with the D75P 2 are explai ned in this ch apter. With the posit ioning s ystem usin g the D75P2, the var ious paramet ers and data exp lained in this ch apter are used for control. Th e ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 134

    5 - 2 MELSEC- A 5 DATA USED FOR POSITIONING CONTROL 5.1 Types of data 5.1.1 Parameters and data requi red for control The par am eters a nd d ata r equir ed t o carr y o ut contr ol with t he D 75P2 inc lude th e "setti ng dat a", "m onit or da ta" an d "co ntrol da ta" s hown b elo w. Set when indirectly specifying th ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 135

    5 - 3 MELSEC- A 5 DATA USED FOR POSITIONING CONTROL ◊ E ven when t he rem ote sta tion RE AD Y sign al [RX (n+ 7)B] is O N, the va lues or c ont ents of th e follo win g can be ch ange d: bas ic par ameter s 2 *1 , detai led param eters 2 *2 , pos itio ning d ata an d posit ioni ng s tart info rm ation. The c hang ed valu es ar e ref lec ted at t ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 136

    5 - 4 MELSEC- A 5 DATA USED FOR POSITIONING CONT ROL 5.1.2 Setting items f or positioning parameters The s etting it ems for the "p osit ioni ng p aram eters " ar e sh own b elo w. The "pos itio ning param eters " are c om m only s et for each ax is for al l contr ol us in g the D75 P2. Refe r to "SECTI ON 2" fo r deta ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 137

    5 - 5 MELSEC- A 5 DATA USED FOR POSITIONING CONT ROL Control Positioni ng paramet er Zero point retur n control Main positioni ng control Manual control Related auxiliary fun ction Posit ion control Speed control Speed/posi tion changeover c ontrol Other control Manual pulse gener ator operation JOG operation 1-axis l inear control 2-axis l inear i ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 138

    5 - 6 MELSEC- A 5 DATA USED FOR POSITIONING CONTROL 5.1.3 Setting items f or zero poi nt return parameters W hen carr ying o ut " zero point r etur n c ontrol ", t he "ze ro po int r etur n param eter s" m us t be set. T he sett ing item s for the "zer o po int r eturn par am eters " are s ho wn be low. The " zero ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 139

    5 - 7 MELSEC- A 5 DATA USED FOR POSITIONING CONTROL 5.1.4 Setting items f or positioning data The " posit ioni ng d ata" m ust be s et wh en c arr ying o ut "m ai n pos itio ning co ntrol ". The settin g it em s f or the "posi tio ning data " are sh own b elo w. One to 600 "pos itio ning dat a" i tem s can be ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 140

    5 - 8 MELSEC- A 5 DATA USED FOR POSITIONING CONTROL Checking the posit ioning data Da.1 to Da.9 ar e check ed with the fol lowing tim ing. (1) Star tup of a posit ioning ope ration (2) W hen the test mode us ing t he AD75 s oft ware pack age ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 141

    5 - 9 MELSEC- A 5 DATA USED FOR POSITIONING CONTROL 5.1.5 Setting items f or start block data The "s tart block dat a" m ust be s et wh en car r ying out "a dvanc ed p ositi onin g c ontrol ". The s etting item s for the "st art block dat a" ar e sh own bel ow. Up to 50 poi nts of "st art bloc k data" ca n be ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 142

    5 - 10 MELSEC- A 5 DATA USED FOR POSITIONING CONTROL 5.1.6 Setting items f or condition data W hen carr ying o ut " advanc ed p osition ing c on trol " or us ing t he J UMP c omm and i n th e "main pos itio nin g co ntrol ", t he "c ond ition data " m ust be s et as requ ire d. Th e set tin g item s for the "cond ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 143

    5 - 11 MELSEC- A 5 DATA USED FOR POSITIONING CONT ROL 5.1.7 Types and r oles of monitor data Data t hat indic ates the pos ition ing s y stem 's op erat ion s tate is stor ed in t he b uff er mem or y 's m onitor data area rem ote re gistor (RW r). W hen usin g the pos ition ing s ystem, th is data m ust be m onit ored as nec ess ar y. Th ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 144

    5 - 12 MELSEC- A 5 DATA USED FOR POSITIONING CONT ROL Monitoring the posit ioning system operation hist ory Monitor details Corresponding item Monitor whether the system is i n the test mode Md.1 In test mode flag Monitor the history of the data that has been started Start a xis Md.7 Start axis Operation type Md.8 Operation ty pe Start Hour : minut ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 145

    5 - 13 MELSEC- A 5 DATA USED FOR POSITIONING CONT ROL Monitoring the speed Monitor details Corresponding item Monitor the current speed During independent ax is control Indicates the speed of each ax is Feedrate (R W rn+2 to 3, RWrn+10 to 11) During interpola- tion control When "0: Composite speed" i s set for " Pr.21 Interpolation s ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 146

    5 - 14 MELSEC- A 5 DATA USED FOR POSITIONING CONTROL 5.1.8 Types and r oles of control data Sever al co ntr ols are c arr ied out as nec ess ar y when usin g the pos iti onin g s ystem . (W hen the power is turne d ON , the def ault v alues of t he d ata used for c ontro l ar e s et. However , th ese valu es ca n be s et with th e s eque nce pr ogr ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 147

    5 - 15 MELSEC- A 5 DATA USED FOR POSITIONING CONTROL (2) Contr olling the oper ation Controlli ng the oper ation Control details Corresponding item Set which positioning to ex ecute (start No .) Positioning start No. (R W rm, R W rm+8) Clear (reset) the "Axis error N o. (RW rn+5, R W rn+13)" and "Ax i s warning No. (R W rn+6, R W rn+ ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 148

    5 - 16 MELSEC- A 5 DATA USED FOR POSITIONING CONTROL Making setting s related to operation Control details Corresponding item Turn M code ON signal O FF M code OFF request (RY(n+2)6, RY (n+4)6) Set new value when changing current value New current value (R W wm+2 to 3, RW w m+10 to 11) Validate speed/positio n changeover signal from ex ternal sourc ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 149

    5 - 17 MELSEC- A 5 DATA USED FOR POSITIONING CONTROL MEM O ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 150

    5 - 18 MELSEC- A 5 DATA USED FOR POSITIONING CONTROL 5.2 List of parameter s 5.2.1 Basic paramet ers 1 Item Setting value, setting range Default value Setting value buffer memory address Value set with peripheral device Value set with sequence program Ax is 1 Axi s 2 Pr.1 Unit setting 0 : mm 0 3 0 150 1 : inch 1 2 : degree 2 3 : pulse 3 Movement am ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 151

    5 - 19 MELSEC- A 5 DATA USED FOR POSITIONING CONTROL Pr.2 to Pr.4 Movement am ount per pulse Set the m ovem ent am ount per pulse c ount when out putti ng a pu lse tra in from the D75P2. T he setting is m ade with Pr.2 to Pr. 4 . (The cas e for the " Pr. 1 Unit sett ing" is "mm" i s explai ned below .) The m ovement am ount per ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 152

    5 - 20 MELSEC- A 5 DATA USED FOR POSITIONING CONTROL Pr.3 Movement amount per rotat ion (Al), Pr.4 Unit m agnif ication (Am) The am ount ho w the work piece m oves with one m otor rotation is deter m ined by the me chanica l struc ture. If the worm gear lead (m m /rev) is PB and the dec elera tion r ate is 1/n , then Mov ement amount per rotation ( ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 153

    5 - 21 MELSEC- A 5 DATA USED FOR POSITIONING CONTROL Item Setting value, setting range Default value Setting value buffer memory address Value set with peripheral device Value set with sequence program Ax is 1 Axi s 2 Pr.5 Pulse output mode 0: PULSE/S IGN mode 0 1 4 154 1: C W /CC W mode 1 2: A phase/B phase (multiple of 4) 2 3: A phase/B phase (mu ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 154

    5 - 22 MELSEC- A 5 DATA USED FOR POSITIONING CONTROL (2) CW / CCW mode During f orward run, the for war d run fee d puls e (PUL SE F) will be output. During rev erse run, the r everse r un feed pulse ( PULSE R) will be output. Positive logic N egative logic PULSE F PULSE R Forward run Re verse run PULSE F PULSE R Forw ard r un Reverse r un (3) A ph ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 155

    5 - 23 MELSEC- A 5 DATA USED FOR POSITIONING CONTROL Pr.6 Rotation direct ion setting Set the re latio n of the m oto r rotation d irecti on and c urr ent value addr ess increm ent/decr ement. [Settin g proc edure] 1) Se t "0" in Pr. 6 , and c arr y out f orwar d ru n JOG oper ati on. ("0" is se t as the def aul t val ue for Pr. ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 156

    5 - 24 MELSEC- A 5 DATA USED FOR POSITIONING CONT ROL 5.2.2 Basic paramet ers 2 Item Setting value, setting range Default value Setting value buffer memory address Value set with peripheral device Value set with sequence program Ax is 1 Axi s 2 Pr.7 Speed limit value The setting value range differs depending on the " Pr.11 Stepping motor mode ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 157

    5 - 25 MELSEC- A 5 DATA USED FOR POSITIONING CONT ROL 1) If the posi tioni ng speed s ett ing is s lower tha n the p ara m eter speed lim it, th e actual ac celera tion/d eceler ation t ime will be re lativel y shor t. Thus , set the maxim um position ing s peed valu e to be equal to the p aram eter s peed lim it value or a clos e val ue unde r the ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 158

    5 - 26 MELSEC- A 5 DATA USED FOR POSITIONING CONT ROL Pr.1 1 St epping mot or mode selection The t ype of m otor c ontrolled with the D7 5P2 is set wit h the "s tepping m otor m ode sele ction". 1 : Stepp ing m otor m ode ............... W hen using a step ping m otor 0 : Standar d m ode ......................... W hen using a diff erent ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 159

    5 - 27 MELSEC- A 5 DATA USED FOR POSITIONING CONT ROL MEM O ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 160

    5 - 28 MELSEC- A 5 DATA USED FOR POSITIONING CONTROL 5.2.3 Detailed par ameters 1 Item Setting value, setting range Default value Setting value buffer memory address Value set with peripheral dev ice Value set w ith sequence program Ax is 1 Axis 2 Pr.12 Backlash compensation amount The setting value range differs according to the " Pr.1 Unit s ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 161

    5 - 29 MELSEC- A 5 DATA USED FOR POSITIONING CONTROL 1) T he back lash c ompensatio n is valid af ter com pleted th e m achine zero p oint return. T hus, if the back lash c om pensation am ount is set or changed , al ways carr y out machine zer o point r eturn onc e. 2) T he back lash com pensatio n am ount setting r ange is 0 to 6 5535, b ut it sh ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 162

    5 - 30 MELSEC- A 5 DATA USED FOR POSITIONING CONTROL 1) Gener all y, the zero point is set at th e lo wer lim it or upp er lim it of the s trok e lim it. 2) B y setting t he upp er lim it valu e or l ower lim it v alue of the s oftwar e strok e lim it, overrun c an be pr evente d in the s oftware . Howe ver, an em ergenc y stop l imit switch m ust ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 163

    5 - 31 MELSEC- A 5 DATA USED FOR POSITIONING CONTROL Pr.1 8 T orq ue limit set ting value W ith this functio n, the tor qu e generat ed b y the m otor is lim ited to within t he set range. * T he torque exc eeding the lim it is r educed to the spec ifi ed torque lim it. Set th e maxim um torque v alue neces sar y for the con trol in the r ange bet ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 164

    5 - 32 MELSEC- A 5 DATA USED FOR POSITIONING CONTROL Pr.1 9 M code ON signal out put timing Set the t iming to output t he M code O N s ignal. The W ITH m ode and AFT ER m ode can be used f or the M c ode ON signa l outp ut timing. W ITH m ode ..... The M c ode is o utpu t sim ult aneo usl y with th e start of posit ionin g, and the M code ON signa ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 165

    5 - 33 MELSEC- A 5 DATA USED FOR POSITIONING CONTROL Item Setting value, setting range Default value Setting value buffer memory address Value set with peripheral dev ice Value set with sequence program Axi s 1 Axis 2 Pr.20 Speed changeover mode 0 : Standard speed c hangeover mode 0 0 26 176 1 : Front-loading speed chan geover mode 1 Pr.21 Interpol ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 166

    5 - 34 MELSEC- A 5 DATA USED FOR POSITIONING CONTROL Pr.2 1 I nterpolat ion speed designat ion method W hen carr ying out line ar inter polation, s et whether to d esign ate the com pos ite speed or refer ence axis speed. 0: Compos ite sp eed .................. The m ovem ent speed f or the c ontrol targ et is designate d, and t he sp eed for eac h ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 167

    5 - 35 MELSEC- A 5 DATA USED FOR POSITIONING CONTROL Pr.2 3 Manual pu lse generat or selection Set which m anua l puls e ge nerator t o use f or contro l fo r eac h axis (m otor ). 0 : Ignore m anua l pulse gener ator oper atio n ...... Manual puls e genera tor op eration is not carr ied out. 1 : Use m anual pu lse g enerator 1 .................... ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 168

    5 - 36 MELSEC- A 5 DATA USED FOR POSITIONING CONT ROL 5.2.4 Detailed par ameters 2 Item Setting value, setting range Default value Setting value buffer memory address Value set with peripheral dev ice Value set w ith sequence program Ax is 1 Ax is 2 Pr.26 Acceleration time 1 The setting value range differs according to the " Pr.25 Size selecti ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 169

    5 - 37 MELSEC- A 5 DATA USED FOR POSITIONING CONT ROL [Table 1] Pr.25 setting value Value set with peripheral dev ice (ms) Value set with sequence progr am (ms) 0 : 1-word type 1 to 65535 1 to 65535* 1 : 2-word type 1 to 8388608 1 to 8388608 * 1 to 32767 : Set as a decimal 32768 to 65535 : Convert into hexadecimal and set [Table 2] Pr.11 setting va ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 170

    5 - 38 MELSEC- A 5 DATA USED FOR POSITIONING CONT ROL Item Setting value, setting range Default value Setting value buffer memory address Value set with peripheral dev ice Value set w ith sequence program Ax is 1 Ax is 2 Pr.35 Acceleration/decel- eration process selection 0 : Automatic trapezoid acceleration/deceleration pro cess 0 0 52 202 1 : S-c ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 171

    5 - 39 MELSEC- A 5 DATA USED FOR POSITIONING CONT ROL Pr.3 6 S-curve rati o Set the S- curve ratio (1 t o 100%) for c arr ying out the S- cur ve accelerat ion/dec elerat ion p roces s. The S-c urve rat io ind icates where to dr aw the acceler ation/dec elerat ion c urve using the s ine cur ve as show n below. A B B/2 B/ 2 V t V t b/a = 0.7 b a sine ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 172

    5 - 40 MELSEC- A 5 DATA USED FOR POSITIONING CONT ROL Pr.3 7 Sudden st op deceleratio n time Set the t ime to r each spe ed 0 f rom " Pr.7 Speed lim it valu e" durin g the sudd en stop. T he setting value si ze is det erm ined b y " Pr.2 5 Size select ion for accelerat ion/dec elerat ion ti m e". The r elation with the other par ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 173

    5 - 41 MELSEC- A 5 DATA USED FOR POSITIONING CONT ROL Pr.3 8 St op group 1 sudden stop selection to Pr.4 0 St op group 3 sudden stop selection Set the m ethod to s top when the stop ca uses in the fol lo wing stop gr oups oc cur.  Stop group 1 .............. Stop with hard ware stroke lim it  Stop group 2 .............. Stop with sof tware st ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 174

    5 - 42 MELSEC- A 5 DATA USED FOR POSITIONING CONT ROL Item Setting value, setting range Default value Setting value buffer memory address Value set with peripheral device Value set with sequence program Ax is 1 Axi s 2 Pr.41 Positioning complete signal output time 0 to 65535 (ms) 0 to 65535 (ms) 0 to 32767 : Set as a decimal 32768 to 65535: Convert ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 175

    5 - 43 MELSEC- A 5 DATA USED FOR POSITIONING CONT ROL [Table 1] Pr.11 setting value Pr.1 setting value Value set with peripheral dev ice (unit) Value set with sequence progr am (unit) 0 : Standard mode 0 : mm 0 to 10000.0 (  m) 0 to 100000 (  10 -1  m) 1 : inch 0 to 1.00000 (inch) 0 to 100000 (  10 -5 inch) 2 : degree 0 to 1.00000 (degr ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 176

    5 - 44 MELSEC- A 5 DATA USED FOR POSITIONING CONT ROL Pr.4 3 Exter nal start f unction selection Set which f unct ion to use the ex ternal star t sign al with . 0 : Exter nal pos itioning s tart ............... Carr y out pos itioning opera tion with external s tart sig nal input . 1 : Exter nal spee d change r equest ..... Change t he speed of the ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 177

    5 - 45 MELSEC- A 5 DATA USED FOR POSITIONING CONT ROL 5.2.5 Zero point retur n basic parameter s Item Setting value, setting range Default value Setting value buffer memory address Value set with peripheral device Value set with sequence program Ax is 1 Axi s 2 Pr.45 Zero point return method 0 : Near-point dog method 0 0 70 220 1 : Stopper stop met ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 178

    5 - 46 MELSEC- A 5 DATA USED FOR POSITIONING CONT ROL 1 : Stopper stop method 1) (1) Start machine zero point return. (Start movement at the " Pr.4 8 Zero point return speed" in the " Pr.46 Zero point return di rection".) (2) Detect the near-point dog ON, and start dece leration. (3) Decelerate to " Pr.49 Creep speed", ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 179

    5 - 47 MELSEC- A 5 DATA USED FOR POSITIONING CONT ROL 4 : Count method 1) (1) Start machine zero point return. (Start movement at the " Pr.4 8 Zero point return speed" in the " Pr.46 Zero point return di rection".) (2) Detect the near-point dog ON, and start dece leration. (3) Decelerate to " Pr.49 Creep speed", and mo ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 180

    5 - 48 MELSEC- A 5 DATA USED FOR POSITIONING CONT ROL Item Setting value, setting range Default value Setting value buffer memory address Value set with peripheral dev ice Value set with sequence program Ax is 1 Ax is 2 Pr.46 Zero point return direction 0 : Positive direction (addre ss increment direction) 0 0 71 221 1 : Negative direction (addres ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 181

    5 - 49 MELSEC- A 5 DATA USED FOR POSITIONING CONT ROL [Table 1] Pr.11 setting value Pr.1 setting value Value set with peripheral dev ice (unit) Value set with sequence progr am (unit) 0 : Standard mode 0 : mm –214748364.8 to 214748364.7 (  m) –2147483648 to 2147483647 (  10 -1  m) 1 : inch –21474.83648 to 21474.83647 (inch) –214748 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 182

    5 - 50 MELSEC- A 5 DATA USED FOR POSITIONING CONT ROL Item Setting value, setting range Default value Setting value buffer memory address Value set with peripheral device Value set with sequence program Ax is 1 Axi s 2 Pr.49 Creep speed The setting value range differs depending on the " Pr.11 Stepping motor mode sel ection" or " Pr.1 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 183

    5 - 51 MELSEC- A 5 DATA USED FOR POSITIONING CONT ROL [Table 1] Pr.11 setting value Pr.1 setting value Value set with peripheral dev ice (unit) Value set with sequence progr am (unit) 0 : Standard mode 0 : mm 0.01 to 6000000.00 (mm/min) 1 to 600000000 (  10 -2 mm/min) 1 : inch 0.001 to 600000.000 (inch/min) 1 to 600000000 (  10 -3 inch/min) 2 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 184

    5 - 52 MELSEC- A 5 DATA USED FOR POSITIONING CONTROL 5.2.6 Zero point retur n detailed par ameters Item Setting value, setting range Default value Setting value buffer memory address Value set with peripheral dev ice Value set w ith sequence program Axi s 1 Axis 2 Pr.51 Zero point return dwell time 0 to 65535 (ms) 0 to 65535 (ms) 0 to 32767 : Set a ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 185

    5 - 53 MELSEC- A 5 DATA USED FOR POSITIONING CONTROL [Table 1] Pr.11 setting value Pr.1 setting value Value set with peripheral dev ice (unit) Value set with sequence progr am (unit) 0 : Standard mode 0 : mm 0 to 214748364.7 (  m) 0 to 2147483647 (  10 -1  m) 1 : inch 0 to 21474.83647 (inch) 0 to 2147483647 (  10 -5 inch) 2 : degree 0 t ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 186

    5 - 54 MELSEC- A 5 DATA USED FOR POSITIONING CONTROL Item Setting value, setting range Default value Setting value buffer memory address Value set with peripheral device Value set with sequence program Ax is 1 Axi s 2 Pr.55 Zero point shift amount The setting value range differs depending on the " Pr.11 Stepping motor mode sele ction" or ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 187

    5 - 55 MELSEC- A 5 DATA USED FOR POSITIONING CONTROL [Table 1] Pr.11 setting value Pr.1 setting value Value set with peripheral dev ice (unit) Value set with sequence progr am (unit) 0 : Standard mode 0 : mm –214748364.8 to 214748364.7 (  m) –2147483648 to 214748364 7 (  10 -1  m) 1 : inch –21474.83648 to 21474.83647 (inch) –214748 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 188

    5 - 56 MELSEC- A 5 DATA USED FOR POSITIONING CONTROL MEM O ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 189

    5 - 57 MELSEC- A 5 DATA USED FOR POSIT IONING CONTROL 5.3 List of positioni ng data Befo r e explai ning the po sitionin g data se tting it ems Da.1 to D a. 9 , th e config ura tion of t he p ositi oni ng data wil l be shown bel ow. The pos it ion ing dat a st ore d in t he D75P2 buf fer mem or y has the f oll owin g t ype of config ura tion . The ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 190

    5 - 58 MELSEC- A 5 DATA USED FOR POSIT IONING CONTROL Item Setting v alue Default value Setti ng value buffer memory addres s Value set with peripheral devic e Value s et with sequenc e program Axis 1 Ax is 2 Posit ioning identi fier Da.1 Operation patter n 00 : Posi tioning c omplete 00 H Control method Setti ng value b15 b12 b8 b4 b0 0 0 Convert ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 191

    5 - 59 MELSEC- A 5 DATA USED FOR POSITIONING CONTROL Da.1 O peration pat tern The operat ion patt ern d esignates wheth er pos itioning of a certain d ata No. is to be ended with j ust t hat data , or wheth er the positio ning f or the n ext dat a No. is t o be carrie d out in successi on. [Operation patt ern] Positioning complete Independent posit ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 192

    5 - 60 MELSEC- A 5 DATA USED FOR POSITIONING CONTROL Item Setting value, setting range Default value Setting value buffer memory address Value set with peripheral device Value set with sequence program Ax is 1 Axi s 2 Da.5 Positioning address/ movement amount The setting value range differs according to the " Da .2 Control method". Here, ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 193

    5 - 61 MELSEC- A 5 DATA USED FOR POSITIONING CONTROL [Table 1] W hen " Pr . 1 Unit s ettin g" is "m m" Da.2 setting value Value set with peripheral dev ice (  m) Value set with sequence progr am * 1 (  10 -1  m) ABS Linear 1 : 01 H ABS Linear 2 : 04 H Current value change : 11 H  Set the address –214748364.8 to 214 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 194

    5 - 62 MELSEC- A 5 DATA USED FOR POSITIONING CONTROL W hen " Pr . 1 Unit s ettin g" is "d egr ee" Da.2 setting value Value set with peripheral dev ice (degree) Value set with sequence progr am * 1 (  10 -5 degree) ABS Linear 1 : 01 H ABS Linear 2 : 04 H Current value change : 11 H  Set the address 0 to 359.99999 * 2 [0 to ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 195

    5 - 63 MELSEC- A 5 DATA USED FOR POSITIONING CONTROL W hen " Pr . 1 Unit s ettin g" is "i nc h" Da.2 setting value Value set with peripheral dev ice (inch) Value set with sequence progr am * 1 (  10 -5 inch) ABS Linear 1 : 01 H ABS Linear 2 : 04 H Current value change : 11 H  Set the address –21474.83648 to 21474.83647 * ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 196

    5 - 64 MELSEC- A 5 DATA USED FOR POSITIONING CONTROL Item Setting value, setting range Default value Setting value buffer memory address Value set with peripheral device Value set with sequence program Ax is 1 Axi s 2 Da.6 Arc address The setting value range differs according to the " Da .2 Control method". Here, the value w ithin the [ T ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 197

    5 - 65 MELSEC- A 5 DATA USED FOR POSITIONING CONTROL [Table 1] W hen " Pr . 1 Unit s ettin g" is "m m" Da.2 setting value Value set with peripheral dev ice (  m) Value set with sequence progr am * 1 (  10 -1  m) ABS Circular interpolation : 07 H ABS Circular right : 09 H ABS Circular left : 0A H  Set the address –2 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 198

    5 - 66 MELSEC- A 5 DATA USED FOR POSITIONING CONTROL W hen " Pr . 1 Unit s ettin g" is "p ulse" Da.2 setting value Value set with peripheral dev ice (pulse) Value set with sequence progr am * 1 ( pulse ) ABS Circular interpolation : 07 H ABS Circular right : 09 H ABS Circular left : 0A H  Set the address –2147483648 to 2147 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 199

    5 - 67 MELSEC- A 5 DATA USED FOR POSITIONING CONTROL W hen " Pr . 1 Unit s ettin g" is "i nc h" Da.2 setting value Value set with peripheral dev ice (inch) Value set with sequence progr am * 1 (  10 -5 inch ) ABS Circular interpolation : 07 H ABS Circular right : 09 H ABS Circular left : 0A H  Set the address –21474.8364 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 200

    5 - 68 MELSEC- A 5 DATA USED FOR POSITIONING CONTROL Item Setting value, setting range Default value Setting value buffer memory address Value set with peripheral device Value set with sequence program Ax is 1 Axi s 2 Da.7 Command speed The setting value range differs depending on the " Pr.11 Stepping motor mode sele ction" or " Pr.1 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 201

    5 - 69 MELSEC- A 5 DATA USED FOR POSITIONING CONTROL [Table 1] Pr.11 setting value Pr.1 setting value Value set with peripheral dev ice (unit) Value set with sequence progr am (unit) 0 : Standard mode 0 : mm 0.01 to 6000000.0 0 (mm/min) 1 to 600000000 (  10 -2 mm/min) 1 : inch 0.001 to 600000.000 (inch/ min) 1 to 600000000 (  10 -3 inch/min) ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 202

    5 - 70 MELSEC- A 5 DATA USED FOR POSITIONING CONTROL Da.8 Dwel l time/ JUMP designat ion positio ning data No. Set the "dwell t im e" or "pos ition ing data N o." c orres pondin g to the " Da.2 Contro l method".  W hen a m ethod ot her than "JUM P comm and" is set fo r " Da.2 Co ntrol m ethod" .. ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 203

    5 - 71 MELSEC- A 5 DATA USED FOR POSITIONING CONT ROL 5.4 List of start block data Befor e ex plain ing t he star t b lock data s etti ng it em s Da. 1 to D a .1 3 , t he conf igur at ion of th e star t bloc k data will b e sho wn be low. The st art b lock data stor ed i n the D75 P2 buf fer m em or y has th e fo llowin g t ype of config ura tion . ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 204

    5 - 72 MELSEC- A 5 DATA USED FOR POSITIONING CONT ROL Item Setting value Default value Setting value buffer memory address Value set with peripheral device Value set with sequence program Axis 1 Axis 2 Da.10 Shape 0 : End 0 b15 b0 b3 b7 b11 000 Start data No. Shap e 0000 H 4300 4550 1 : Continue 1 Da.11 Start data No. Positioning data N o.: 1 to 60 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 205

    5 - 73 MELSEC- A 5 DATA USED FOR POSITIONING CONT ROL Da.10 Shape Set whet her to c arry out o nly the l ocal "start block data" and the n end contr ol, or to execute t he "star t block data" set in the next p oint. Setting value Setting details 0 : End Execute the designated point's "start block data", an d then ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 206

    5 - 74 MELSEC- A 5 DATA USED FOR POSITIONING CONT ROL Da.13 Paramete r Set the value as req uired for " Da.12 Spec ial star t comm and". Da.12 Special start command Setting value Setting details Block start (Normal start) – No t used. (There is no need to set.) Condition start 1 to 10 Set the condition data No. (No. of "condition d ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 207

    5 - 75 MELSEC- A 5 DATA USED FOR POSITIONING CONT ROL MEM O ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 208

    5 - 76 MELSEC- A 5 DATA USED FOR POSITIONING CONTROL 5.5 List of condition dat a Befor e ex plain ing t he co ndit ion data set ting i tem s Da.14 to Da . 18 , t he c onf igur ati on of the cond itio n data wi ll be sho wn belo w. The con diti on d ata st ore d in the D 75P2 b uff er m em ory has the f oll owin g t ype of config ura tion . No.10 Se ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 209

    5 - 77 MELSEC- A 5 DATA USED FOR POSITIONING CONTROL Item Setting value Default value Setting value buffer memory address Value set with peripheral device Value set with sequence program Axis 1 Axis 2 Condition identifier Da.14 Condition target 01 : Device X 01 H b15 b0 b7 b8 Condition operator Condition t arget 0000 H 4400 4650 02 : Device Y 02 H ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 210

    5 - 78 MELSEC- A 5 DATA USED FOR POSITIONING CONTROL Da.14 Condition tar get Set the co nditi on target as requ ired f or each c ontro l. Setting value Setting details 01 H : Device X Set the input/output signal ON/OFF as the conditions. 02 H : Device Y 03 H : Buffer memory (1-w ord) Set the value stored in the buffer memory as the condition. 03 H ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 211

    5 - 79 MELSEC- A 5 DATA USED FOR POSITIONING CONTROL Da.17 Paramete r 1 Set the param eters as requir ed for the " Da .15 Con dition operator ". Da.15 Condition operator Setting value Setting details 01 H :  =P1 Value Set the "P1" value. 06 H :  P1, P2   07 H : DEV=ON Value (Bit No.) Set the device's ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 212

    5 - 80 MELSEC- A 5 DATA USED FOR POSITIONING CONT ROL 5.6 List of moni tor data 5.6.1 System monitor data Storage item Storage details Md. 1 In test mode flag Whether the mode is the te st mode from the peripheral dev ice or not is stored.  W hen not in test mode : OFF  W hen in test m ode : ON Md. 2 Module name The D75P2 module name is store ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 213

    5 - 81 MELSEC- A 5 DATA USED FOR POSITIONING CONT ROL Reading the monitor v alue Default value Storage buff er memory addres s (comm on for axis 1 to ax is 2 ) Monitoring is carried out w ith a decimal. Storage value 0: Not in test mode 1: In tes t mode Monitor val ue 0 450 Monitoring is carried out w ith a decimal. Storage value 1: A J65BT-D75P2-S ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 214

    5 - 82 MELSEC- A 5 DATA USED FOR POSITIONING CONT ROL Storage item Storage details Reading the monitor value Starting history (up to 16 items can be stored) Md.7 Start axis The No. of the ax is that started is stored. Monitoring is carried ou t with a decimal. Storage value 1: Axis 1 2: Axis 2 Monitor value Md.8 Operation type [Stored contents] The ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 215

    5 - 83 MELSEC- A 5 DATA USED FOR POSITIONING CONT ROL Default value Storage buffer memory address (commo n for axis 1 to axis 2) 0 537 15 538 539 540 541 14 532 533 534 535 536 13 527 528 529 530 531 12 522 523 524 525 526 11 517 518 519 520 521 10 512 513 514 515 516 9 507 508 509 510 511 8 502 503 504 505 506 7 497 498 499 500 501 6 492 493 494 4 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 216

    5 - 84 MELSEC- A 5 DATA USED FOR POSITIONING CONT ROL Storage item Storage details Reading the monitor value Error at start history (up to 16 items can be stored) Md.13 Start axis The No. of the ax is for which an error was detected w hen starting is stored. Monitoring is carried ou t with a decimal. Stora ge value 1 : Ax is 1 2 : Ax is 2 Monitor v ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 217

    5 - 85 MELSEC- A 5 DATA USED FOR POSITIONING CONT ROL Default value Storage buffer memory address (commo n for axis 1 to axis 2) 0 A "po inter No ." is assign ed to ea ch bl ock of buffe r memory that confi gures one st art his tor y. Exam ple) Poi nter N o . 0 = B uffer m emory 5 4 3 to 5 47 Poi nter N o . 1 = B uffer m emory 5 4 8 to 5 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 218

    5 - 86 MELSEC- A 5 DATA USED FOR POSITIONING CONT ROL Storage item Storage details Reading the monitor value Error history (up to 16 items can be stored) Md.19 A xis in w hich the error occurred The axis N o. for which an error was detected is stored. Monitoring is carried ou t with a decimal. Storage value 1: Axis 1 2: Axis 2 Monitor val ue Md.20 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 219

    5 - 87 MELSEC- A 5 DATA USED FOR POSITIONING CONT ROL Default value Storage buffer memory address (commo n for axis 1 to axis 2) 0 15 684 685 686 687 14 680 681 682 683 13 676 677 678 679 12 672 673 674 675 11 668 669 670 671 10 664 665 666 667 9 660 661 662 663 8 656 657 658 659 7 652 653 654 655 6 648 649 650 651 5 644 645 646 647 4 640 641 642 6 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 220

    5 - 88 MELSEC- A 5 DATA USED FOR POSITIONING CONT ROL Storage item Storage details Reading the mon i tor value Warning history (up to 16 ite ms can be stored) Md.24 Axis in w hich the warning occurred The axis N o. for which a warning w as detected is stored. Monitoring is carried ou t with a decimal. Storage value 1: Axis 1 2: Axis 2 Monitor val u ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 221

    5 - 89 MELSEC- A 5 DATA USED FOR POSITIONING CONT ROL Default value Storage buffer memory address (commo n for axis 1 to axis 2) 0 15 749 750 751 752 14 745 746 747 748 13 741 742 743 744 12 737 738 739 740 11 733 734 735 736 10 729 730 731 732 9 725 726 727 728 8 721 722 723 724 7 717 718 719 720 6 713 714 715 716 5 709 710 711 712 4 705 706 707 7 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 222

    5 - 90 MELSEC- A 5 DATA USED FOR POSITIONING CONTROL 5.6.2 Axis monitor data Storage item Storage details Md.29 System-used area Md. 30 Machine feed value The address of the current po sition obtained w ith the machine coordinates is stored. (Different from the actu al motor position during operati on) The machine feed value is n ot changed by the ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 223

    5 - 91 MELSEC- A 5 DATA USED FOR POSITIONING CONTROL Reading the monitor v alue Default value Storage buffer memory address Ax is 1 Ax is 2 Use prohibited 800 801 900 901 Monitoring is carried out w ith a hexadecimal. A B C D A B C D E F G H E R F G H b15 b12 b4 b0 b8 EF G H b31 b28 b20 b16 b24 A B C D Moni tor val ue Low- order buffer me mor y Exa ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 224

    5 - 92 MELSEC- A 5 DATA USED FOR POSITIONING CONTROL Storage item Storage details Md. 37 A xis feedrate  The output speed commanded by the D75P2 to each ax is is stored. (May be different from the actu al motor speed.)  "0" is stored when the ax is is stopped.  The average speed per 910ms is stored. T herefore, the update interva ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 225

    5 - 93 MELSEC- A 5 DATA USED FOR POSITIONING CONTROL Reading the monitor v alue Default value Storage buffer memory address Ax is 1 Ax is 2 Monitoring is carried out w ith a hexadecimal. A B C D A B C D E F G H E R F G H b15 b12 b4 b0 b8 EF G H b31 b28 b20 b16 b24 AB CD Moni tor val ue Low-orde r buffe r memory Examp le) 81 2 High-or der buf fer me ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 226

    5 - 94 MELSEC- A 5 DATA USED FOR POSITIONING CONTROL Storage item Storage details Md. 42 Target speed  During operation with positionin g data : T he actual target speed, considering the override and speed limit v alue, etc., is stored. "0" is stored w hen positioning is co mpleted.  During interpolation : T he composite speed or re ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 227

    5 - 95 MELSEC- A 5 DATA USED FOR POSITIONING CONTROL Reading the monitor v alue Default value Storage buffer memory address Ax is 1 Ax is 2 Monitoring is carried out w ith a hexadecimal display . A B C D A B C D E F G H E R F G H b15 b12 b4 b0 b8 EF G H b31 b28 b20 b1 6 b24 AB CD Moni tor val ue Low-orde r buffe r memory Examp le) 82 0 High-or der ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 228

    5 - 96 MELSEC- A 5 DATA USED FOR POSITIONING CONTROL Storage item Storage details Md. 46 Special start data command code setting value  The "command code" use d with special start and in dicated by the start data pointer currently being ex ecuted is stored. Md. 47 Special start data command parameter setting value The "command par ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 229

    5 - 97 MELSEC- A 5 DATA USED FOR POSITIONING CONTROL Reading the monitor v alue Default value Storage buffer memory address Ax is 1 Ax is 2 Monitoring is carried out w ith a decimal display. 00: Block start (Normal start) 01: Condition start 02: Wait start 03: Simultaneous start 04: Stop 05: FOR loop 06: FOR condition 07: NEXT Stora ge value Monit ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 230

    5 - 98 MELSEC- A 5 DATA USED FOR POSITIONING CONTROL Storage item Storage details Md. 51 Start data pointer being executed  The point No. (1 to 50) of the start data currently being ex ecuted is stored.  "0" is stored when positioning i s completed. Md. 52 Last executed positioning data No.  The positioning data No. ex ecuted las ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 231

    5 - 99 MELSEC- A 5 DATA USED FOR POSITIONING CONTROL Reading the monitor v alue Default value Storage buffer memory address Ax is 1 Ax is 2 Monitoring is carried out w ith a decimal display. Storage value 1 to 5 0 Monitor value 0 832 932 Monitoring is carried out w ith a decimal display. Storage value 1 to 600 Monitor value 0 833 933 Monitoring is ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 232

    5 - 10 0 MELSEC- A 5 DATA USED FOR POSITIONING CONT ROL 5.7 List of control data 5.7.1 System control data Setting item Setting details Cd.1 Clock data setting (hour)  The clock data (hour) from the PLC CPU is set after the D75P2 pow er is turned ON. Cd.2 Clock data setting (min ute, second)  The clock data (minute, second ) from the PLC CPU ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 233

    5 - 10 1 MELSEC- A 5 DATA USED FOR POSITIONING CONT ROL Setting value Default value Storage buff er memory addres s (comm on for axis 1 to ax is 2) Set with a BCD code. 00000 00000000 00 b15 b0 b4 b8 b12 0 0 1 0 00 to 23 (hour) 0 to 2 0 to 9 0 Setting value Buffer memor y No setting 0000 1100 Set with a BCD code. 00000 00000000 00 b15 b0 b4 b8 b12 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 234

    5 - 10 2 MELSEC- A 5 DATA USED FOR POSITIONING CONT ROL Setting item Setting details Cd.5 Positioning data No.  Set the positioning data No. targeted for reading or wr iting. Cd.6 Write pattern  W hen writing the pos itioning data stored in the Cd.8 data storage address into the positioning data designat ed with Cd.5 , set the type of the dat ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 235

    5 - 10 3 MELSEC- A 5 DATA USED FOR POSITIONING CONT ROL Setting value Default value Storage buff er memory addres s (comm on for axis 1 to ax is 2) Set with a decimal. K Position ing data 1 to 600 Setting value 0 1104 Set with a hexadecimal. 0000 0000 00 00000 0 b15 b0 b4 b8 b12 00 Positioning ide ntifier 0: Wri te 1: Do not write Setting v alue M ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 236

    5 - 10 4 MELSEC- A 5 DATA USED FOR POSITIONING CONT ROL Setting item Setting details Cd.8 Read/write positioning data I/F* 1  Store the data when reading or w riting. Cd.9 Flash ROM w rite request* 2  Write the OS memory contents into the flash ROM . Cd.10 Parameter initialization request * 2  Set whether the setting data will be initializ ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 237

    5 - 10 5 MELSEC- A 5 DATA USED FOR POSITIONING CONT ROL Setting value Default value Storage buff er memory addres s (comm on for axis 1 to ax is 2) Each stored item is stored in th e following storage address. 1117 1127 1116 1126 1115 1125 1114 1124 1113 1123 1112 1122 1111 1121 1110 1120 1109 1119 1108 1118 Arc address Storage address Axis 1 Axis ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 238

    5 - 10 6 MELSEC- A 5 DATA USED FOR POSITIONING CONTROL 5.7.2 Axis control data Setting item Setting details Cd.11 to Cd.20 System-used area Cd.21 Speed/position changeover control movement amount change register  To change the movement amount for the positio n control during speed contro l of speed/position changeov er control (INC mode), set th ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 239

    5 - 10 7 MELSEC- A 5 DATA USED FOR POSITIONING CONTROL Setting value Default value Storage buffer memory address Ax is 1 Ax is 2 Use prohibited 1150 to 1163 1200 to 1213 Set with a decimal. R  10 n Unit con version table ) ) Cd.21 Example) n 1 m 5 inch 5 degree 0 pulse Unit Act ual value Integer value Setting value (decimal) When setting &quo ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 240

    5 - 10 8 MELSEC- A 5 DATA USED FOR POSITIONING CONTROL Setting item Setting details Cd.27 Step mode  W hen using step operatio n, set w hich unit to step with. Cd.28 Step start information  W hen using step operatio n, set w hether to continue or restart operation. Cd.29 Skip command  Set "1" to skip the current po sitioning. Cd. ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 241

    5 - 10 9 MELSEC- A 5 DATA USED FOR POSITIONING CONTROL Setting value Default value Storage buffer memory address Ax is 1 Ax is 2 Set with a decimal. K Step mode Setting value 0: Carry out step operation with deceleration unit 1: Carr y out step operation with data No. unit 0 1173 1223 Set with a decimal. K Step star t information Setting value Afte ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 242

    5 - 11 0 MELSEC- A 5 DATA USED FOR POSITIONING CONTROL Setting item Setting details Cd.32 Interrupt request during continuous operation  To interrupt the operation during continuous operation, set "1". (In the non-operation mode (w hen the BUSY signal [RX n4, RXn5] is OFF), the interrupt request during continu ous operation is not acce ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 243

    5 - 11 1 MELSEC- A 5 DATA USED FOR POSITIONING CONTROL Setting value Default value Storage buffer memory address Ax is 1 Ax is 2 Set with a decimal. K 1 Continuous opera tion interrup t requ est Setting value After the control interrupt request is accepted, "0" is stored by the OS. (Indicates that the cont inuous operat ion interrupt requ ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 244

    5 - 11 2 MELSEC- A 5 DATA USED FOR POSITIONING CONTROL MEM O ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 245

    6 - 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 APPEN- DI CES Chapter 6 SEQUENCE PROGRAM USED FOR POSITIONING CONTROL The progr ams requir ed to car ry out position ing cont rol with the D75P2 are explai ned in this chapter. The seq uence pr ogra m requi red for c ontr ol is c reated al lowing for the "s tar t condit ions", "start time c hart ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 246

    6 - 2 MELSEC- A 6 SEQUENCE PROGRAM USED FOR POSITIONING CONT ROL 6.1 Information necess ary for program creation 6.1.1 When ACPU/QCPU (A mode) is used [1] S ystem used in t his c hap ter An exam pl e of the se quenc e pr ogr am explai ned in t his c hapter f or use of t he ACPU /QC PU (A m ode) is desc rib ed f or the f ol lowi ng s ystem . For the ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 247

    6 - 3 MELSEC- A 6 SEQUENCE PROGRAM USED FOR POSITIONING CONT ROL [2] About bank ch anging W hen usin g the D75 P2, t he m aster s tatio n's a utom atic trans m ission/r ec eption buf fer is used. W ith the A Seri es m aster m odule ( AJ6 1BT 11/ A1SJ6 1BT 11), th e au tom atic up date buff er and trans m ission/r ec epti on buf fer ar e divid ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 248

    6 - 4 MELSEC- A 6 SEQUENCE PROGRAM USED FOR POSITIONING CONT ROL [3] Pr ogram bas ic f orm at The bas ic f orm at f or crea tin g a pr ogr am is sho wn be lo w. The pro gram is cre ated with the f oll owin g ar rang em ent. (1) Master s tation initial iz ation (Refer to [4]) (P arameter settings, start of data link) (2) Reading of remote input (RX) ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 249

    6 - 5 MELSEC- A 6 SEQUENCE PROGRAM USED FOR POSITIONING CONT ROL (5) Crea te the fo llo wing pr ogra m and write Y1 00 to Y17 F into RYn0 t o RY(n +7)F. Module e rror (master m odule) Module ready (master module) Local station data link state (master module) Changeover to bank 0 Write 'Y10 0 to Y17F' t o 'RYn0 to RY(n+7)F' (a) U ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 250

    6 - 6 MELSEC- A 6 SEQUENCE PROGRAM USED FOR POSITIONING CONT ROL [4] Initializ ing the mast er statio n Create the f oll owin g pro gra m to init ial ize (s et th e par ameter s, star t the dat a li nk) the ma ster s tatio n. Refer t o sec tion 6.1. 1 for de tails on t he pr ogram c ondi tions . (1) Se t the No. of co nnected module s (2) Set the s ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 251

    6 - 7 MELSEC- A 6 SEQUENCE PROGRAM USED FOR POSITIONING CONT ROL (2) Station i nformation ( M 20 H (1st mod ule) t o M 5F H (64th m odu le)) Set t he t ype of rem ote I /O st atio n, r em ote de vice s tat ion, inte llige nt d evice sta tio n and loc al s tat ion c onnec te d to t he m as ter st atio n. This mus t be s et for eac h m odule c onn ec ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 252

    6 - 8 MELSEC- A 6 SEQUENCE PROGRAM USED FOR POSITIONING CONT ROL [5] Readi ng and wri ting the D75 P2 buf fer m emor y This sect ion ex pla ins the m ethod of read ing and writi ng th e D75 P2 b uff er m em ory using tra nsien t transm is sion . (1) Outline W hen readin g and wr iting th e D75 P2 buf fer mem ory, read ing an d writin g are carrie d ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 253

    6 - 9 MELSEC- A 6 SEQUENCE PROGRAM USED FOR POSITIONING CONT ROL (2) About control data W hen transm itting dat a us ing t he tra nsien t tr ansm issio n, th e contr ol d ata m ust be added t o the tra nsm ission data bef ore tr ansm itti ng. W hen recei vin g dat a, th e co ntrol data wil l be a dded to th e hea d of the rec ep tion data. The f ol ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 254

    6 - 10 MELSEC- A 6 SEQUENCE PROGRAM USED FOR POSITIONING CONT ROL (b) W hen using the TO command This is used on ly when wr iti ng to the D7 5P2-d esign ated buffer mem ory. W hen usin g the TO comm and, t he m aster m odule buff er m em ory wil l be used as th e trans m ission buf fer for the c ontr ol d ata a nd write data. The c omp lete st atus ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 255

    6 - 11 MELSEC- A 6 SEQUENCE PROGRAM USED FOR POSITIONING CONT ROL * 1 W hen writ ing data to th e D7 5P2 buff er m emor y usin g th e TO com m and, the contr ol data and wr ite d ata are des ig nate d in th e tr ansm is sion buf fer of th e corres pon ding m aster m odu le. Designated data Item Details Setting range Setting side Control data Dummy ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 256

    6 - 12 MELSEC- A 6 SEQUENCE PROGRAM USED FOR POSITIONING CONT ROL (c) W hen using the RI RD command This is used onl y wh en readi ng to the D7 5P2-d esigna ted bu ffer memory . W hen the RIR D com m and i s use d, th e m aster m odu le buff er m emor y is used f or t he con tro l dat a si ze tr ansm iss ion buf fer , and the m as ter s tati on buf ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 257

    6 - 13 MELSEC- A 6 SEQUENCE PROGRAM USED FOR POSITIONING CONT ROL (d) Using the FROM command This is us ed t o r ead t he D7 5P2- des igna ted b uff er m emor y. W hen the F ROM c omm and is us ed, t he tra nsm is sion b uf fer (m as ter m odule b uff er m em ory) for t he con tro l dat a s ize, and the rec ept ion b uff er (m aster m odule buf fer ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 258

    6 - 14 MELSEC- A 6 SEQUENCE PROGRAM USED FOR POSITIONING CONT ROL * 1 W hen read ing da ta fr om the D7 5P2 buf f er m emor y usin g the FRO M com m and, the contr ol da ta is des igna ted in th e transm iss ion buf fer of the corr espo nding mas ter m odule . Designated data Item Details Setting range Setting side Control data Dummy area – – S ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 259

    6 - 15 MELSEC- A 6 SEQUENCE PROGRAM USED FOR POSITIONING CONT ROL 6.1.2 When QCPU ( Q mode)/QnACPU is used [1] S ystem used in t his c hap ter An exam pl e of the se quenc e pr ogr am explai ned in t his c hapter f or use of t he QC PU ( Q mode) /QnAC PU is desc rib ed f or t he f ollowi ng s ystem . Refer t o the CC-L ink Mas ter Modu le Us er&apo ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 260

    6 - 16 MELSEC- A 6 SEQUENCE PROGRAM USED FOR POSITIONING CONT ROL (b) Remote registers (RWw, RW r) The con tents of RW rn to R W rn+15 ar e re ad to D20 0 to D215 , and t he conten ts of D10 0 to D115 are writt en t o RW wm to RW wm +15 and us ed. (Cycli c transmissi on) PLC CPU Maste r mod ule D75P2 Remote register RWwm RWwm+15 Device D D100 D115 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 261

    6 - 17 MELSEC- A 6 SEQUENCE PROGRAM USED FOR POSITIONING CONT ROL * If the d edica ted com m ands (RIRD , RIW T) are us ed when t he Qn ACPU is used, RY(n+ 7)E, RY(n +7)F are us ed with th e de dic ated c omm ands , so t he us er m ust mak e sure tha t this si gnal inf orm ation is not re writ ten. Insert the f ollo wing program at the end of th e ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 262

    6 - 18 MELSEC- A 6 SEQUENCE PROGRAM USED FOR POSITIONING CONT ROL (2) About control data W hen transm itting dat a us ing t he tra nsien t tr ansm issio n, th e contr ol d ata m ust be added t o the tra nsm ission data bef ore tr ansm itti ng. W hen recei vin g dat a, th e co ntrol data wil l be a dded to th e hea d of the rec ep tion data. The f o ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 263

    6 - 19 MELSEC- A 6 SEQUENCE PROGRAM USED FOR POSITIONING CONT ROL (b) When using the TO command (Unusable w he n QCPU (Q mode) is used) This is used on ly when wr iti ng to the D7 5P2-d esign ated buffer mem ory. W hen usin g the TO comm and, t he m aster m odule buff er m em ory wil l be used as th e trans m ission buf fer for the c ontr ol d ata ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 264

    6 - 20 MELSEC- A 6 SEQUENCE PROGRAM USED FOR POSITIONING CONT ROL (c) When using th e RIRD com mand This is used onl y wh en readi ng to the D7 5P2-d esigna ted bu ffer memory . W hen the RIR D com m and i s use d, th e m aster m odu le buff er m emor y is used f or t he con tro l dat a si ze tr ansm issio n buf fer , and the m aster m odule buff e ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 265

    6 - 21 MELSEC- A 6 SEQUENCE PROGRAM USED FOR POSITIONING CONT ROL (d) W he n using the FROM command (U nusable w h en QCPU (Q mode) is used) This is used onl y wh en readi ng from the s peci fied bu ffer memory of the D75P2. W hen usin g the FRO M com m and, t he tra nsm iss ion b uffer ( m aster m odu le buff er m emor y) for t he c ontrol data an ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 266

    6 - 22 MELSEC- A 6 SEQUENCE PROGRAM USED FOR POSITIONING CONT ROL 6.2 Precautions for creating progr am (1) R estrictions to speed chang e execution interval Prov ide an inter val of 1 00m s or m ore when c han ging t he s pee d wit h th e D75 P2. (2) Pr ocess during overr un Overr un is pre vente d wit h th e D75 P2's upp er an d lo wer strok ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 267

    6 - 23 MELSEC- A 6 SEQUENCE PROGRAM USED FOR POSITIONING CONT ROL 6.3 List of devi ces used The ap plic at ion of the input / outpu t Nos. [X] [ Y], inter na l rel a y s [ M] an d dat a r egist ers [D] used in this cha pter are sho wn belo w. A : Progr am used when the F ROM/T O c omm ands ar e used i n the ACPU Ad : Progr am us ed wh en th e d edi ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 268

    6 - 24 MELSEC- A 6 SEQUENCE PROGRAM USED FOR POSITIONING CONT ROL Device name Device Application Details when ON Program example that uses device A Ad Q/QnA D75P2 Output Y12A A xis 1 z ero point return request OFF request Zero point return request OFF requested Y12B Axis 1 ex ternal start valid External start v alid Y178 Initial data process comple ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 269

    6 - 25 MELSEC- A 6 SEQUENCE PROGRAM USED FOR POSITIONING CONT ROL Device name Device Application Details when ON Program example that uses device A Ad Q/QnA Internal relay M0 Initial setting flag Initial setting flag M1 D75P2 data link status D75P2 data link error M5 Master module initi alization normal co mp le ti on Master module initializ ation ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 270

    6 - 26 MELSEC- A 6 SEQUENCE PROGRAM USED FOR POSITIONING CONT ROL Device name Device Application Storage details Program example that uses device A Ad Q/QnA Data register D0 Number of connected modules Number of connected modules storage D2 Synchronization mode Synchronization mode storage D3 Number of connected modules Number of connected modules ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 271

    6 - 27 MELSEC- A 6 SEQUENCE PROGRAM USED FOR POSITIONING CONT ROL Device name Device Application Storage details Program example that uses device A Ad Q/QnA Data register D33 Access target D75P2 buffer memory A ccess target D75P2 buffer me mory storage (for Q (Q mode)/QnACPU RIRD command) D34 Number of read points Number of read points storage (for ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 272

    6 - 28 MELSEC- A 6 SEQUENCE PROGRAM USED FOR POSITIONING CONT ROL Device name Device Application Storage details Program example that uses device A Ad Q/QnA Data register D65 Read data (axis 1 machine fee d value (high-order)) Read data (ax is 1 machine feed value (high-order) storage (for A/Q (A mode) RIRD command) D70 Complete status Complete sta ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 273

    6 - 29 MELSEC- A 6 SEQUENCE PROGRAM USED FOR POSITIONING CONT ROL 6.4 Creating a program The " posit ioni ng c ontro l op er ation progr am " act ua lly us ed is ex plaine d in this c hapt er . The func tio ns and pr ogram s exp lai ned in "S ECT ION 2" ar e assem ble d into th e "posi tion ing c ontr ol operat io n progr a ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 274

    6 - 30 MELSEC- A 6 SEQUENCE PROGRAM USED FOR POSITIONING CONT ROL 6.4.2 Positioning control operati on program The v arious pr ogram s th at c onfigur e t he " posit ion ing c ontro l op era tion pr ogr am " are shown belo w. W hen creatin g the pro gram , ref er t o th e expl anat ion of eac h pr ogr am and sec ti on "6. 5 Pos it io ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 275

    6 - 31 MELSEC- A 6 SEQUENCE PROGRAM USED FOR POSITIONING CONT ROL Continued from previous p age No.7 Positioning start No. setting p rogram No.10 JOG operation program No.11 Manual pulse generator operation program No.8 Po si tio ni ng s ta rt sig nal in put pr o gra m No.9 Res et, M co de OFF prog ram * Program required to carry out • "Zero ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 276

    6 - 32 MELSEC- A 6 SEQUENCE PROGRAM USED FOR POSITIONING CONT ROL * Pr og ra m ad ded ac cord ing t o con tro l de t ail s. (Cre ate as requ ir ed.) No.12 No.18 Stop program Speed change program No.13 No.14 No.15 No.16 Override program Error reset program Absolute position restoration program Restart program Refer to sect ion 12 .5.1 Refer to sec t ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 277

    6 - 33 MELSEC- A 6 SEQUENCE PROGRAM USED FOR POSITIONING CONT ROL 6.5 Positioning program ex amples 6.5.1 When using FR OM/TO command wi th ACPU/QCPU- A (A mode) An exam pl e of the pr ogram f or us ing th e F ROM/T O co mm and wit h th e AC PU/QC PU- A (A m ode) wh en us in g the bu ff er mem or y autom atic u pda te fu nction is shown bel ow. [No ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 278

    6 - 34 MELSEC- A 6 SEQUENCE PROGRAM USED FOR POSITIONING CONT ROL * *D75 P2 data li nk s tatus check ing progr am * Read D 75P2 dat a link state (SW008 0) * *No. 1 Pa rameter s etting pr ogra m * D75P2 d ata li nk normal D75P2 d ata link er ror Conve rt Sp eed li mit value writin g com mand into pulse Speed limit value writing command he ld Chan ge ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 279

    6 - 35 MELSEC- A 6 SEQUENCE PROGRAM USED FOR POSITIONING CONT ROL * *No. 3 Ini tial s etting p rogram * * *(1) At pow er on * * *(2) At paramete r change * Turn O N Initia l data process comp lete * *No. 4 S ervo ON e xecution progra m * * *No. 5 Zer o point re turn re quest OF F progra m * * *No. 6 E xternal sta rt functi on vali d setting program ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 280

    6 - 36 MELSEC- A 6 SEQUENCE PROGRAM USED FOR POSITIONING CONT ROL * *(5) Po sitionin g data No . 1-ba sed pos itioning (speed /positi on change over co ntrol) * * *(6) Ad vanced po sitio ning contr ol * * *(7) Hi gh-speed zero po int ret urn com mand st orage OFF *(Not re quired when hi gh-speed zero point ret urn is not use d) * * *No. 8 P ositi o ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 281

    6 - 37 MELSEC- A 6 SEQUENCE PROGRAM USED FOR POSITIONING CONT ROL * *No. 10 JOG ope ration pr ogram * Set JOG ope ration speed * *No. 11 Manual puls e gener ator op eration progr am * * *No. 12 Speed ch ange pr ogram * * *No. 13 Override prog ram * * *No. 14 Restart p rogram * Write JOG operatio n speed Turn ON JOG op erating flag End J OG o perati ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 282

    6 - 38 MELSEC- A 6 SEQUENCE PROGRAM USED FOR POSITIONING CONT ROL * *No. 15 Absolu te position res toration pro gram * Write abs olute positio n restor ation (99 00) * *No. 16 Error reset progra m * * *No. 17 Buffer me mory r eadin g progr am * Read erro r code Execute er ror re set Error r eset comp lete Conv ert Machi ne feed value re ading co mm ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 283

    6 - 39 MELSEC- A 6 SEQUENCE PROGRAM USED FOR POSITIONING CONT ROL * *No. 18 St op pro gram * Convert St op command into pulse * *Remot e output (RY) writ ing * * *Change t o bank 0 * P0 * *Change t o bank 1 * P1 Exec ute stop Turn OF F Axi s sto p flag by ax is st op Chan ge to bank 0 Write RYn0 to RY(n+7)F ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 284

    6 - 40 MELSEC- A 6 SEQUENCE PROGRAM USED FOR POSITIONING CONT ROL 6.5.2 When using dedi cated commands with AC PU/QCPU-A (A mode) An exam pl e of the pr ogram f or us ing th e de dic ated c omm ands with th e AC PU /QCP U- A (A m ode) when us ing t he buff er m emor y autom atic up date f uncti on is sho wn b elo w. [No. 1] to [ No. 2] para meter a ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 285

    6 - 41 MELSEC- A 6 SEQUENCE PROGRAM USED FOR POSITIONING CONT ROL * *No. 1 P aramete r setting progr am * Convert Spee d limit value wr iting command into puls e * *No. 3 Initial setting program * * *(1) A t powe r on * * *(2) A t par amet er chan ge * * *No. 4 S ervo ON ex ecution p rogram * * *No. 5 Ze ro poi nt retu rn reques t OFF p rogram * * ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 286

    6 - 42 MELSEC- A 6 SEQUENCE PROGRAM USED FOR POSITIONING CONT ROL * *No. 7 Positio ning st art nu mber s ettin g progr am * * *(1) Machine zero po int return * * *(2) Data setting method ze ro point re turn * * *(3) Hi gh-spee d zero poin t return * Write m achine ze ro poi nt return ( 9001) Write dat a set ting met hod zero point return (99 01) Wr ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 287

    6 - 43 MELSEC- A 6 SEQUENCE PROGRAM USED FOR POSITIONING CONT ROL * *No. 9 Rese t, M co de OFF prog ram * Turn OFF Positi oning st art signal Convert M code OFF request into puls e * *No. 10 JOG op eration progra m * Set J OG op eration speed * *No. 11 Manu al pulse g enerato r operat i on p rogram * * *No. 12 Speed change progra m * * *No. 13 Ov e ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 288

    6 - 44 MELSEC- A 6 SEQUENCE PROGRAM USED FOR POSITIONING CONT ROL * *No. 14 Restart progr am * Convert Restart comma nd in to pu lse Read axis status Turn ON Rest art comm and duri ng st op Turn O FF Resta rt comma nd * *No. 15 Absolu te position res toration pro gram * Write ab solute po sition restorati on (9 900) * *No. 16 Error reset progra m * ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 289

    6 - 45 MELSEC- A 6 SEQUENCE PROGRAM USED FOR POSITIONING CONT ROL Write latest RYn0 to RY(n+7)F * *Remote outpu t (RY) writi ng * * *Change to ba nk 0 * P0 Chang e to bank 0 Get RY(n +7)E, RY(n +7)F Clear pre vious infor mation Refl ect gott en infor mation on RY Write RYn0 to RY (n+7)F ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 290

    6 - 46 MELSEC- A 6 SEQUENCE PROGRAM USED FOR POSITIONING CONT ROL 6.5.3 When using dedi cated commands wi th QCPU (Q mode)/QnAC PU An exam pl e of the pr ogram f or us ing th e de dic ated c omm ands with th e QC PU ( Q mode) /QnAC PU is sho wn bel ow. The Q nAC PU th at can use the ded icated com m ands is on l y the Qn ACPU of funct ion version & ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 291

    6 - 47 MELSEC- A 6 SEQUENCE PROGRAM USED FOR POSITIONING CONT ROL Set int er lock s in the progra ms accor din g to t he us ed s yst em . [No. 1] to [ No. 2] para meter and data setting progr am * When setting the param e ters or data with the seque nce program, set them in the D75 P2 using the transient t ransmission. * W hen se tting t he para me ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 292

    6 - 48 MELSEC- A 6 SEQUENCE PROGRAM USED FOR POSITIONING CONT ROL * *No. 5 Zer o poi nt return reques t OFF pr ogra m * * *No. 6 E xternal sta rt functi on vali d setting p rogram * Turn O N Axis 1 zer o point re turn reque st OFF request Axis 1 extern al start valid Axis 1 extern al start invalid * *No. 7 P ositioni ng start number setting progra ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 293

    6 - 49 MELSEC- A 6 SEQUENCE PROGRAM USED FOR POSITIONING CONT ROL * *No. 8 P ositi oning star t signal input program *(When h igh-spee d zero poin t return i s not performed, contacts X 11F an d M103 are no t requi red) *(When M code is n ot used , contac t X10D i s not req uired) *(When J OG oper ation i s not pe rformed, c ontac t M106 i s not re ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 294

    6 - 50 MELSEC- A 6 SEQUENCE PROGRAM USED FOR POSITIONING CONT ROL * *No. 14 Resta rt pr ogram * Turn ON Rest art command du ring sto p Turn O FF Resta rt command * *No. 15 Absol ute posi tion re storati on pr ogram * Write absolute position restorati on (9 900) * *No. 16 Error reset progr am * Execute er ror re set Error re set comp lete * *No. 1 7 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 295

    6 - 51 MELSEC- A 6 SEQUENCE PROGRAM USED FOR POSITIONING CONT ROL 6.6 Progr am details 6.6.1 Initiali zation prog ram (1) Zero point r eturn request OFF progr am This progr am forc ibl y turns OFF the "zer o po int re turn r eq uest flag" (RX (n+1)F , RX(n+4)F) which i s ON. W hen usin g a s ystem th at d oes no t re quire zer o po int r ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 296

    6 - 52 MELSEC- A 6 SEQUENCE PROGRAM USED FOR POSITIONING CONT ROL 6.6.2 Start detai ls setting program This progr am sets which c o ntrol, o ut of "zero poi nt co ntrol ", "m ain p os itioni ng c ontro l" or "a dvanc ed p osit ionin g c ontr ol" t o ex ecut e. Procedures for setting the starting details (1) Set t he &q ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 297

    6 - 53 MELSEC- A 6 SEQUENCE PROGRAM USED FOR POSITIONING CONT ROL 6.6.3 Start prog ram This progr am is us ed t o st art the c on trol with s tar t com man ds. The c ontro l ca n be start ed with the f ollo wing t wo m etho ds. (1) Start ing b y inputting p ositioni ng start s ignal [ R Y(n+1)0, R Y(n+1)1 ] (2) Start ing b y inputting ex ternal sta ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 298

    6 - 54 MELSEC- A 6 SEQUENCE PROGRAM USED FOR POSITIONING CONT ROL (1) Starti ng by inputting posi tioning start sig nal Operation when start ing (1) W hen the positioning s tart signal tur ns ON, the s tart c om plete signal and BUSY signa l tur n ON, a nd the p osition ing opera tion s tarts . It can be s een th at the axis is operatin g when t he ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 299

    6 - 55 MELSEC- A 6 SEQUENCE PROGRAM USED FOR POSITIONING CONT ROL Starting time chart The tim e c hart for starting e ach contr ol is shown b elo w. (1) T ime c hart f or star ting "m achine zero p oint retur n" D75P2 R EADY sign al Start complet e signal BUSY signal Error de tection sign al OFF OFF ON ON ON ON OFF OFF OFF 9001 ON ON OFF ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 300

    6 - 56 MELSEC- A 6 SEQUENCE PROGRAM USED FOR POSITIONING CONT ROL (2) Time char t for s tarting "dat a setti ng m ethod zero point return" Positioning sta rt signal [RY (n+1)0] Remote sta tion READ Y signal [RX (n+7)B ] D75P2 RE ADY sign al [RX n0] Start complet e signal [RXn1] BUSY signal [R Xn4] Error d etection sign al [RX nA] OFF OFF ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 301

    6 - 57 MELSEC- A 6 SEQUENCE PROGRAM USED FOR POSITIONING CONT ROL (4) Time c hart for starting "m ain pos itio ning con trol " 1 V t Positioning da ta No. Dwell time 2(00) Operation pa ttern 1(11) Positioning start signal Remote station REA DY signal D75P2 READY sig nal Start comple te signal BUS Y sign al Error detection signal Positioni ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 302

    6 - 58 MELSEC- A 6 SEQUENCE PROGRAM USED FOR POSITIONING CONT ROL Machine zero point retur n operation tim ing and process time Positioni ng start signal BUSY signal Start complete signa l Waiting I n zero point return Wa iting Output p ulse to ext ernal sou rce (PULSE) Positioning o per ation t1 t4 t2 t3 Axis oper ation status Zero point return re ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 303

    6 - 59 MELSEC- A 6 SEQUENCE PROGRAM USED FOR POSITIONING CONT ROL Position control oper ation t iming and process time M code ON signal (WITH mode ) M code OFF request t1 t2 t3 t4 t5 t2 t6 M code OFF request Positioning s tart signal Waitin g Controlling position W aitin g Zero point re turn complete fl ag * BUSY signal Output pulse to external sou ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 304

    6 - 60 MELSEC- A 6 SEQUENCE PROGRAM USED FOR POSITIONING CONT ROL (2) Starti ng by inputting ex ternal start signal W hen starti ng p osit ionin g co ntrol b y input ting t he ex ter nal s tart sign al, t he star t comm and c an b e direc tl y in put int o t he D 75P2 . This a llows the vari atio n tim e equiv alen t to one s can t im e of th e PLC ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 305

    6 - 61 MELSEC- A 6 SEQUENCE PROGRAM USED FOR POSITIONING CONT ROL 6.6.4 Restart prog ram W hen a sto p fac tor occurs d uring pos itio n c ontro l and th e oper at ion st ops, the posit ioni ng c an b e res tart ed from the s topp ed pos it ion to th e pos itio n co ntro l end poi nt by us ing t he "r es tart com m and" (R Y( n+2)5 , R Y( ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 306

    6 - 62 MELSEC- A 6 SEQUENCE PROGRAM USED FOR POSITIONING CONT ROL (3) Contr ol data requiri ng setting Set th e following da ta to execute r estar t. Setting item Setting value Setting details Remote input/output Ax is 1 Ax is 2 Restart command 1 Set "1: restarts ". RY(n+2)5 RY (n+4)5 * Refer to section "3.4 Specificat ions of in put ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 307

    6 - 63 MELSEC- A 6 SEQUENCE PROGRAM USED FOR POSITIONING CONT ROL (5) Time chart for r estarting 0 V t Dwel l time 81 8 0 Posi tion in g start si g nal A xis stop si g nal D75P2 R EADY si g nal Start comp lete si g nal BUS Y si g nal Erro r de tection si g nal Positi onin g star t No. Posi tion in g complete si g nal Remote station READY si g nal A ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 308

    6 - 64 MELSEC- A 6 SEQUENCE PROGRAM USED FOR POSITIONING CONT ROL 6.6.5 Stop prog ram The ax is s top s igna l [R Y(n +1)3, RY(n +1) 4] or a st op s igna l fr om an exter na l sourc e is used t o st op th e contr ol. Cr eate a pr ogram to turn t he ax is stop sign al [R Y(n+ 1)3, RY(n+1) 4] ON as the s top program . The proc es s f or sto ppi ng co ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 309

    6 - 65 MELSEC- A 6 SEQUENCE PROGRAM USED FOR POSITIONING CONT ROL (2) Types of stop proc esses The op erati on c an b e stop ped with dece lera tion s top, sud den st op or im m ediate stop. (1) Decele ration stop The op erat ion s tops wit h "d eceler ation tim e 0 t o 3" ( Pr. 9 , Pr.29 , Pr.30 , Pr.31 ). W hich tim e fr om "dece l ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 310

    6 - 66 MELSEC- A 6 SEQUENCE PROGRAM USED FOR POSITIONING CONT ROL (3) Order of priority for stop process The ord er of pri orit y for the D75 P2 st op pr oces s is as f oll ows. Deceler at ion st op < Su dden sto p < Im m ediat e stop (1) Dur ing dece leratio n (incl udi ng autom atic dec elerat ion), the operat ion will st op at that dec ele ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 311

    7 - 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 APPEN- DI CES Chapter 7 MEMORY CONFIGURATION AND DATA PROCESS The D7 5P2 m emor y con figur atio n and data tr ansm issio n are exp lained in th is c hapter . The D7 5P2 is conf igur ed of th ree memo ries. By un ders tandin g the con figurat ion and roles of th ese memor ies, the D75P2 inter nal data tr ans m ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 312

    7 - 2 MELSEC- A 7 MEMORY CONFIGURATION AND DATA PROC ESS 7.1 Config uration and rol es of D75P2 memor y 7.1.1 Config uration and rol es of D75P2 memory The D7 5P2 is c onfi gured of the f ollow ing t hre e m em ories. Memo ry configuration Role Area configuration Backup Parameter area Positioning data area (No.1 to 100) Positioning data area (No.10 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 313

    7 - 3 MELSEC- A 7 MEMORY CONFIGURATION AND DATA PROC ESS Details of areas  Param eter ar ea Area wher e par am eters, su ch as pos itio nin g param eter s and zer o poin t retur n param eters, re quire d for po sitio ning contr ol are s et an d stor ed. (Set t he item s indic ated with Pr. 1 to Pr. 58 for eac h ax is.)  Positio nin g data ar ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 314

    7 - 4 MELSEC- A 7 MEMORY CONFIGURATION AND DATA PROC ESS Positioning data area (No. 1 to 100) Positioning data a rea (No. 1 to 100) Posit ionin g start infor matio n are a (N o. 7000 ) PLC CPU memory area Bloc k transmiss ion area Monitor data area Control data area Positioning data area (No. 101 to 600) Paramete r area D75P2 User accesses thi s me ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 315

    7 - 5 MELSEC- A 7 MEMORY CONFIGURATION AND DATA PROC ESS 7.1.2 Buffer mem ory area con f iguration The D7 5P2 buff er m em ory is confi gured of th e fo llo wing types of ar eas. Buffer memory area configuration Buffer memory address Writing possibility Ax is 1 Axi s 2 Parameter area Basic parameter area 0 to 14 150 to 164 Possible Detailed paramet ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 316

    7 - 6 MELSEC- A 7 MEMORY CONFIGURATION AND DATA PROC ESS 7.2 Data transmission pr ocess The da ta is tra nsm itted b etwee n the D75 P2 m em ories with st eps ( 1) t o (10) sho wn below.  T he data trans m ission patt erns num bered ( 1) t o (10) on the r igh t page c orr espon d to the numbers (1) to (10) on the left page. Paramet er are a (a) ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 317

    7 - 7 MELSEC- A 7 MEMORY CONFIGURATION AND DATA PROC ESS (1) Transmitti ng data w hen power is tur ned ON or D75P2 is reset ( ) W hen the po wer is tur ned O N or th e D75 P2 is res et, th e " param eters ", "posi tion ing da ta" an d "posi tio ning start inf orm atio n" stor ed (bac k ed up) in the fla sh R OM i s tra ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 318

    7 - 8 MELSEC- A 7 MEMORY CONFIGURATION AND DATA PROC ESS (4) Data r ead from D75P2 ( ) (a) Read from D75P2 bu ffer memory Using the R IRD c omm and* 2 (trans ie nt trans m ission) , rea d dat a fr om the bu ffer me mory to th e PLC CP U. (b) Read f rom D75P2 r emote reg ister Using the FR OM c om m and (aut om atic ref res h*4) , rea d dat a from t ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 319

    7 - 9 MELSEC- A 7 MEMORY CONFIGURATION AND DATA PROC ESS MEM O ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 320

    7 - 10 MELSEC- A 7 MEMORY CONFIGURATION AND DATA PROC ESS (6) Block transmission request (6) Block transmission reques t (S et dat a in b ufer memory [5100] to [6109] using RIWT command (tra nsient transmission)] (7) Flash ROM writ e (S et "1" in Cd.9 , using RIWT command (tra nsient transmission)) (7) Flash ROM write 2) PLC CPU + master ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 321

    7 - 11 MELSEC- A 7 MEMORY CONFIGURATION AND DATA PROC ESS (6) Transmitti ng blocks from PLC CPU ( ) W hen setting data in pos itio ning data No. 10 1 to 600 us ing the se quenc e program , f irst th e da ta is set in t he " block trans m ission a rea " (buf fer m emor y addr ess [510 0] to [6109] ). Then, the data i s set in positioni ng ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 322

    7 - 12 MELSEC- A 7 MEMORY CONFIGURATION AND DATA PROC ESS (10) Data wri te (9) Data r ead PLC CPU + master module Buff er memo ry, remo te regist er Parameter area (a) Pa ra me te r ar ea (b ) Positioning data area (No.1 to 100) Position ing start informa tion area (No.7000 ) PLC CPU mem ory area Bloc k transmiss ion area Monitor data area Con trol ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 323

    7 - 13 MELSEC- A 7 MEMORY CONFIGURATION AND DATA PROC ESS (9) Readi ng data from bu ffer memory or OS memory to peripheral devic e ( ) The f ollow ing tr ansm is sion pr ocess es ar e car rie d out wi th th e [AD 75 re ad] f rom the pe riphe ral devi ce. 1) The "par am eters", "pos itio ni ng da ta (No . 1 t o 100) " and "p ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 324

    7 - 14 MELSEC- A 7 MEMORY CONFIGURATION AND DATA PROC ESS The da ta tra nsm is sion is car rie d out as s ho wn in the pre vious pag es, but t he m ain method of us ing this data pr ocess is s ho wn bel ow. (A) Co rrecting the ex ecution data (OS memor y) The f ollowi ng m ethods can be used t o c orrect the O S m em or y. From peripheral device Us ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 325

    7 - 15 MELSEC- A 7 MEMORY CONFIGURATION AND DATA PROC ESS (B) Setting posit ioning data No. 101 t o 600 data The pos it ion ing dat a is se t wit h th e foll owin g proc edur es . From peripheral device Using sequence program (brock transmission) Pos it ion ing dat a Set th e dat a fo llo win g the peripheral device menu Write the d ata set with th ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 326

    7 - 16 MELSEC- A 7 MEMORY CONFIGURATION AND DATA PROC ESS (Exam ple) W hen sett in g the pos itio nin g dat a No. 101 to 300 of ax is 1 to the O S me mory (The num ber of data that can b e s et for block trans m issi on at one tim e is u p to 100 pieces.) Set " 2" to the buff er memory address 5103. Write is comple te when the buffer memo ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 327

    SECTION 1 SECTION 2 APPEN- DI CES SECTION 2 CONTROL DE TAILS AND SETTING SECTION 2 is con figur ed fo r the f ollow ing pur poses shown in (1 ) to ( 3). (1) Und erstan ding o f the op era tion a nd restr ictions of ea ch con trol. (2) Ca rrying ou t the requir ed setting s in each cont rol (3) Dealin g with error s The re quired sett ings i n eac h ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 328

    MEM O ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 329

    8 - 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 APPEN- DI CES Chapter 8 ZERO POINT RETURN CONTROL Zer o point return cont rol i ncludes "m achi ne zero poin t retur ns" that e stablis h a m achi ne zero point witho ut using addre ss d ata, "dat a setti ng me thod ze ro poi nt re turn " that establ ish es the stop positio n of ma nual ope ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 330

    8 - 2 MELSEC- A 8 ZERO POINT RETURN CONT ROL 8.1 Outline of z ero point return contr ol 8.1.1 Three ty pes of zero point return contr ol In "zer o po int r etur n co ntrol " a posit ion is es tabl ish ed as the s tarti ng p oint ( or "zer o point") when c arr ying o ut po sitio ning con trol, and pos itio ning is c arried out to ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 331

    8 - 3 MELSEC- A 8 ZERO POINT RETURN CONT ROL Zero point ret urn auxiliary f unctions Refer to s ection " 3.3.4 Com bin ation of D75P2 main f unctions and a uxiliar y functions " for details on "a uxili ar y functions" that c an be c om bined with zero po int return control. Also refer to "Chapt er 12 CONT ROL AU XILI AR Y F ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 332

    8 - 4 MELSEC- A 8 ZERO POINT RETURN CONT ROL 8.2 Machine z ero point return 8.2.1 Outline of th e machine z ero point retur n operation Important Use the zer o p oint r etur n ret r y functi on when t he ze ro p oint pos itio n is not a lwa ys in the sam e d irect ion f rom the work piec e oper at ion area ( whe n th e zer o po int is not set ne ar ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 333

    8 - 5 MELSEC- A 8 ZERO POINT RETURN CONT ROL 8.2.2 Machine z ero point retur n method The m ethod b y which the m ac hin e zer o po int is est abl ishe d (m ethod f or j udg ing the ze ro point po sition an d m achine ze ro point retu rn completi on) is desig nated in the ma chine ze ro point r et urn acc ording to t he c onfi gurat ion and appl ic ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 334

    8 - 6 MELSEC- A 8 ZERO POINT RETURN CONT ROL 8.2.3 Zero point retur n method ( 1): Near- point dog method The f ollow ing s hows an ope ration out line of t he "ne ar- point dog m eth od" zero poin t return m etho d. Operation char t 1) The machine starts a machine z ero point return. (The machine starts a cceleration specifi ed in " ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 335

    8 - 7 MELSEC- A 8 ZERO POINT RETURN CONT ROL Restrictions A pulse g ener ator with a ze ro point s igna l is re quir ed. W hen the pulse generator is not pro vided with a zer o point sign al, cr eate a zero poin t signal with an ext ernal sign al. Precautions during operation (1) An error "S tart at zero p oint " (err or code: 201) will o ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 336

    8 - 8 MELSEC- A 8 ZERO POINT RETURN CONT ROL 8.2.4 Zero point retur n method ( 2): Stopper stop met hod 1) The fo llowin g show s an operat ion outl ine of the " stopper st op method 1)" z ero poin t return m etho d. Operation char t 1) The machine starts a machine z ero point return. (The machine starts a cceleration specifi ed in " ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 337

    8 - 9 MELSEC- A 8 ZERO POINT RETURN CONT ROL Restrictions (1) Mak e s ure to lim it the tor que f or the serv om otor after starting th e dece leratio n to " Pr.4 9 Creep s peed". If the tor que is not lim ited, the servom otor may fail when the m achine press es agains t the st opper. ( Refer to sect ion "12. 4.2 Torque lim it f unc ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 338

    8 - 10 MELSEC- A 8 ZERO POINT RETURN CONT ROL (3) If the " Pr.51 Zero point retur n d well tim e" elaps es bef ore the stop at the stopper, t he wor kpiec e will stop at that posi tion, a nd th at pos ition wil l be regarded as the zero poi nt. Dev iat io n co un ter cl ea r ou t put Axi s op erat io n st atu s [RWrn+7 , RWrn+15] Zero poi ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 339

    8 - 11 MELSEC- A 8 ZERO POINT RETURN CONT ROL 8.2.5 Zero point retur n method ( 3): Stopper stop met hod 2) The fo llowin g show s an operat ion outl ine of the " stopper st op method 2)" z ero poin t return m etho d. Operation char t 1) The machine starts a machine z ero point return. (The machine starts a cceleration specifi ed in " ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 340

    8 - 12 MELSEC- A 8 ZERO POINT RETURN CONT ROL Restrictions (1) Mak e sur e to lim it the torqu e for the servom otor after star ting th e decelera tion to " Pr. 49 Creep s peed". If the t or que is not lim ited, the s erv omotor ma y fail when the m achine press es agains t the st opper. ( Refer to sect ion "12. 4.2 Torque lim it f u ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 341

    8 - 13 MELSEC- A 8 ZERO POINT RETURN CONT ROL (3) If the zero po int s ignal is in put bef ore the wor kpiec e st ops at the s topper , the work piece will sto p at that pos ition, and that pos ition will be regard ed as the zero point. Machine zero point return sta rt (Positioning start sign al) Deviation counter clear ou tput Axis operat ion stat ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 342

    8 - 14 MELSEC- A 8 ZERO POINT RETURN CONT ROL 8.2.6 Zero point retur n method ( 4): Stopper stop met hod 3) The fo llowin g show s an operat ion outl ine of the " stopper st op method 3)" z ero poin t return m etho d. The "st opper stop m ethod 3 )" is eff ecti ve when a ne ar-p oint do g has no t been ins tal led. (Note t hat t ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 343

    8 - 15 MELSEC- A 8 ZERO POINT RETURN CONT ROL Restrictions (1) Al ways lim it the s ervom otor tor que af ter the " Pr.49 Cr eep sp eed" is r eac hed. If the torqu e is not lim ited, t he serv om otor ma y fail when the m achine pres ses against th e stop per. (Ref er to sectio n "12. 4.2 Tor que lim it func tion".) (2) Us e an ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 344

    8 - 16 MELSEC- A 8 ZERO POINT RETURN CONT ROL 8.2.7 Zero point retur n method ( 5): Count met hod 1) The f ollow ing s hows an ope ration out line of the "c ount m ethod 1)" zer o po int ret urn method. Operation char t 1) The machine starts a machine z ero point return. (The machine starts a cceleration specifi ed in " Pr.53 Zero po ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 345

    8 - 17 MELSEC- A 8 ZERO POINT RETURN CONT ROL Restrictions A pulse g ener ator with a ze ro point s igna l is re quir ed. W hen the pulse generator is not pro vided with a zer o point sign al, cr eate a zero poin t signal with an ext ernal sign al. Precautions during operation (1) If “ Pr .52 Se tting f or the m ovem ent am ount after near- point ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 346

    8 - 18 MELSEC- A 8 ZERO POINT RETURN CONT ROL 8.2.8 Zero point retur n method ( 6): Count met hod 2) The f ollow ing s hows an ope ration out line of the "c ount m ethod 2)" zer o po int ret urn method. The "c ount m ethod 2) " meth od is ef fecti ve when a "zero po int sign al" can not be receiv ed. ( Not e th at com ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 347

    8 - 19 MELSEC- A 8 ZERO POINT RETURN CONT ROL Restrictions As the im port of near- point dog O N has a n error of abo ut 1m s, this zero point return m ethod wil l var y in stop p osition ( zero poi nt) as com pared to the other methods . Precautions during operation (1) If “ Pr .52 Se tting f or the m ovem ent am ount after near- point dog ON” ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 348

    8 - 20 MELSEC- A 8 ZERO POINT RETURN CONT ROL 8.3 Data setting method z ero point return The da ta s etting m ethod zer o po int ret urn is a m eth od i n which the posit ion r eac hed b y manual oper at ion (J OG o per ation /m anual puls e g enerat or o per atio n) in an a bso lute posit ion d ete ctio n s ystem is defi ned as th e zer o po int. ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 349

    8 - 21 MELSEC- A 8 ZERO POINT RETURN CONT ROL 8.4 High- speed zero point retur n 8.4.1 Outline of th e high-speed z ero point return operation High-speed zero point return oper ation In a high- speed zero p oint r eturn, pos ition ing is c arrie d out b y a m achine zero point retur n to the " Md.43 Zer o point absolute posit ion" stor ed ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 350

    8 - 22 MELSEC- A 8 ZERO POINT RETURN CONT ROL Operation t iming and processing time of high-speed zero point ret urns The f ollowing s hows det ails about th e operat ion tim ing and tim e during high-s peed zero p oint re turns t1 t3 t2 In po sition cont rol Standing by Sta nding by Position ing start signal BUSY s ignal Start complete signa l Out ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 351

    8 - 23 MELSEC- A 8 ZERO POINT RETURN CONT ROL 8.5 Positioning to the zero point Po sition ing to th e zero po int i s explai ned in thi s section. To carr y out posi tioni ng to the ze ro po int, "1-ax is line ar contr ol (AB S) pos itio ning data " is cr eate d in whic h t he " M d. 4 3 Zero point absolu te pos itio n" is s et ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 352

    8 - 24 MELSEC- A 8 ZERO POINT RETURN CONT ROL Start time cha rt Zero point absolute posit ion underflow flag [ RX(n+2)4 ] Zero point absolute po sition overflow fla g [ RX(n+2)3 ] OFF OFF ON ON ON ON OFF OFF OFF 100 OFF OFF V t ON OFF Positioning start signal Remote station READY signal D75P 2 RE ADY s ign al Start complete signal BUSY signal Error ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 353

    9 - 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 APPEN- DI CES Chapter 9 MAIN POSITIONING CONTROL The de tails a nd us age of the main posit ionin g contr ols (c ontrol f unctio ns usi ng the "posi tioni ng data" ) are expl ained in thi s chapt er. The m ain po sitio ning cont rols in clud e such contr ols as "pos ition ing c ontro l" in ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 354

    9 - 2 MELSEC- A 9 MAIN POSITIONING CONTROL 9.1 Outline of mai n positioni ng controls "Ma in pos itio nin g co ntr ols" ar e carr ie d out us ing t he " posit io ning d at a" stor ed in t he D75P2. The bas ic c ontr ols such as pos itio n contr ol a nd s peed contr ol ar e ex ecu ted b y set tin g the re quire d it em s in t his ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 355

    9 - 3 MELSEC- A 9 MAIN POSITIONING CONTROL 9.1.1 Data requi red for main posi tioning contr ol The fo llowin g table s how s an outline of the "posi tioning data" con figuratio n and set ting deta ils r equ ired t o car r y out the "m ai n pos it ioning co ntro ls". Setting item Setting details Positioning data No. 1 Da.1 Operat ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 356

    9 - 4 MELSEC- A 9 MAIN POSITIONING CONTROL 9.1.2 Operation patter ns of main posit ioning contr ols In "m ain posit ion ing c ontr ol" (ad vance d pos it ion ing c ontr ol), " Da.1 Operat ion patter n" ca n be s et to des ignat e wh ether to c ont inue execut ing pos itio nin g dat a af ter the star ted p osi tioni ng d ata. T h ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 357

    9 - 5 MELSEC- A 9 MAIN POSITIONING CONTROL (1) Independent positioning control (Posi tioning complete) This contro l is set whe n exe cuting onl y one desi gnate d data it em of position ing. If a dwe ll t ime is des ig nate d, t he pos itio nin g wi ll com ple te af ter t he d esi gnat ed tim e elaps es. This data ( oper atio n pat tern [00 ] dat ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 358

    9 - 6 MELSEC- A 9 MAIN POSITIONING CONTROL (2) Conti nuous positioning control (a) T he m ach ine al wa ys aut omat icall y dec eler ates eac h tim e t he p osit ionin g is com pleted. Acc eler ation is the n carr ied out af ter the D75P 2 com m and speed r eac hes 0 to c arr y ou t the next p ositi oni ng da ta o perati on. If a d well time is des ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 359

    9 - 7 MELSEC- A 9 MAIN POSITIONING CONTROL (3) Conti nuous path control (a) Conti nuous path control 1) The sp eed is ch anged be tween the spee d of the position ing data curren tl y being pos iti oned a nd the spee d of the pos it ioni ng data that will be pos it ione d next . The s peed is n ot c hang ed if the cur ren t sp eed and t he n ext sp ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 360

    9 - 8 MELSEC- A 9 MAIN POSITIONING CONTROL (b) Deceler ation stop conditions during continuous path control Decel eration sto ps are no t carrie d out in co ntinuou s path con trol, but the mac hine wi ll c arr y out a dec elerat ion s top t o s peed "0" in t he f ollo wing cases 1) to 4). 1) W hen the oper ation patt ern of the pos ition ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 361

    9 - 9 MELSEC- A 9 MAIN POSITIONING CONTROL POINT (3) For sudden reversal of rotation, the command pul ses from the D75P2 are output as shown bel ow. Forward run com mand Reverse run command t1 t2 Supposing that the command fr equency is f[pps], calcul ate t1 and t2 w ith the following expression. t1 = 1/2f[s] t2 = 1/f[s] Depending on the drive unit ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 362

    9 - 10 MELSEC- A 9 MAIN POSITIONING CONTROL (c) Speed handl ing 1) Con tinu ous path c ontro l c om m and speeds are s et with each posit ioni ng d ata. The D75 P2 then carries out the positi oning at th e spee d des ignat ed with eac h p ositi oning data . 2) The comm and s pee d ca n be s et t o "– 1" in con tinu ous path contr ol. Th ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 363

    9 - 11 MELSEC- A 9 MAIN POSITIONING CONTROL (d) Speed chang eover (Refer to " Pr.2 0 Speed changeov er mode".) 1) Standar d sp eed ch ang eove r m ode (1) W hen the "pos it ioning data for curr ent oper atio n" a nd " posit ion ing data f or nex t o perat ion" dif fer in com m and sp eed, acce ler ation or decel eratio ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 364

    9 - 12 MELSEC- A 9 MAIN POSITIONING CONTROL [W hen the s pee d cann ot c han ge o ver i n P2 ] W hen the r elati on of the s pe eds is P1 = P4, P 2 = P3, P1 < P2. [W hen the m ovem ent am ou nt is sm all d uring autom atic dec eler ati on] The m ovem ent am ount req uired to c arr y out the autom atic dec elerat ion c ann ot be secur ed, so th e ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 365

    9 - 13 MELSEC- A 9 MAIN POSITIONING CONTROL (3) S peed chan geove r conditi on If the movem ent am ount is sm all in r egard to th e tar get spee d, th e curren t sp eed m a y not re ach t he tar ge t spee d e ven if accele rati on/d eceler atio n is c arried ou t. In this case, th e m achine is acc eler ate d/dece ler ated so t hat it ne ars t he ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 366

    9 - 14 MELSEC- A 9 MAIN POSITIONI NG CONTROL 9.1.3 Designati ng the positioni ng address The f ollo wing show s the t wo m ethods for com m anding the posit ion in c ontr ol using posit ioni ng d ata. Absolute system Position ing is c arri ed out t o a des igna ted posi tion (abs olut e addres s) ha ving t he zero poi nt as a r eferenc e. T his add ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 367

    9 - 15 MELSEC- A 9 MAIN POSITIONI NG CONTROL 9.1.4 Confirmi ng the curr ent value Values showing t he current value The f ollowing t wo t ypes of address es are used as valu es to s how the positio n in the D75P2. Thes e address es ("cur rent f eed valu e" and "m achine f eed va lue") ar e s tored in t he monitor data area, an d ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 368

    9 - 16 MELSEC- A 9 MAIN POSITIONI NG CONTROL Restrictions (1) A 56 .8m s err or will oc cur in the curr ent val ue upda te ti m ing when the st ored "current f eed va lue" and "m ac hine f eed va lue" ar e use d in the contr ol. (2) T he "cur rent f eed va lue" an d "m achine f eed v alue" may dif fer from th ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 369

    9 - 17 MELSEC- A 9 MAIN POSITIONI NG CONTROL 9.1.5 Control uni t "degree" han dling W hen the c ontr ol unit is s et to "degr ee", the f o llowi ng i tem s dif fer f rom when ot her contr ol uni ts ar e set. (1) Current feed v alue and machine feed value addresses W hen the c ontr ol unit is s et to "degr ee", "Cu ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 370

    9 - 18 MELSEC- A 9 MAIN POSITIONI NG CONTROL 2) W hen the so ftware stroke l imit is vali d The pos it ion ing is car rie d ou t in a cloc kw ise/c ount erc lock wise d irec tion depend ing on th e sof twar e strok e lim it ran ge se ttin g m ethod. Be cause of th is, positi oning wi th "sho rtcut con trol" may not be possib le. Example 0 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 371

    9 - 19 MELSEC- A 9 MAIN POSITIONI NG CONTROL 9.1.6 Interpolation co ntrol Meaning of interpolat ion cont rol In "2-axis linear interp olatio n contro l", "2-ax is fix ed-dim ensio n feed c ontrol ", and "2-axis c ircu lar interp olatio n c ontrol", c ontrol is car ried out so t hat li near and arc paths are drawn us in ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 372

    9 - 20 MELSEC- A 9 MAIN POSITIONI NG CONTROL Star ting the int erpolation contr ol The pos itioning data Nos . o f the ref erenc e axis ( axis in which inter polat ion contr ol was set in " Da.2 Contro l method") are st arted when star ting the inter polat ion control. ( Start ing of the int erpolat ion ax is is not r equir ed.) The f oll ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 373

    9 - 21 MELSEC- A 9 MAIN POSITIONI NG CONTROL Limit s to inter polation contr ol There ar e lim its to the inter pol ation con trol that can b e exec uted an d speed ( Pr.21 Interpolati on speed desig nation m ethod) t hat ca n be set, depen ding o n the " Pr.1 Unit setting" of the r eferenc e ax is and in terpo latio n axis. ( For exam pl ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 374

    9 - 22 MELSEC- A 9 MAIN POSITIONING CONTROL 9.2 Setting the posit ioning data 9.2.1 Relation betw een each control and positioni ng data The s etting r eq uirem ents and d etai ls for th e sett ing item s of the p osit ioning data to b e set diffe r acc ordin g to the " Da.2 Cont rol m etho d". The fo llowin g table show s the po sitionin ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 375

    9 - 23 MELSEC- A 9 MAIN POSITIONING CONTROL 9.2.2 1-axi s linear control In "1- axis linear co ntro l" (" D a. 2 Contr ol m etho d" = ABS lin ear 1, INC line ar 1) , on e motor is us ed t o carr y out posit ion c ont rol in a s et ax is direc tio n. (1) 1-ax is linear control ( ABS linear 1) Operation char t In absolut e s ystem ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 376

    9 - 24 MELSEC- A 9 MAIN POSITIONING CONTROL (2) 1-ax is linear control ( INC linear 1) Operation char t In increm ent s ystem 1-axis lin ear c ontrol, addr esses establis hed b y a mac hine zero poi nt retur n are us ed. Position ing is carri ed out f rom the cur rent stop p ositio n (start poi nt addres s) to a positio n at the end of the m ovem e ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 377

    9 - 25 MELSEC- A 9 MAIN POSITIONING CONTROL 9.2.3 2-axi s linear i nterpolation control In "2- axis lin ear i nter polat ion con tro l" (" Da.2 Control met hod" = AB S linear 2, INC linear 2), two m otor s ar e used to c arr y out posit ion c ont rol in a line ar pat h wh ile carr ying out interp olat ion for the axis dir ectio ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 378

    9 - 26 MELSEC- A 9 MAIN POSITIONING CONTROL Restrictions An error will occ ur and t he pos ition ing will not start i n the f ollowing c ases . The machine will imm ediatel y stop if the err or is d etect ed during a pos itioning contr ol.  If the m ovem ent am ount of each ax is exc eeds "10 7374182 4 (=2 30 )" at the setting of " ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 379

    9 - 27 MELSEC- A 9 MAIN POSITIONING CONTROL (2) 2-axi s linear inter polation control (INC linear 2) Operation char t In increm ent s ystem 2-axis lin ear interpol ation co ntrol, addres ses es tabl ished b y a machine zero point re turn o n a 2-ax is c oordinat e plan e are us ed. L inear interpol ation pos ition ing is carr ied out f rom the curr ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 380

    9 - 28 MELSEC- A 9 MAIN POSITIONING CONTROL Restrictions An error will occ ur and t he pos ition ing will not start i n the f ollowing c ases . The machine will imm ediatel y stop if the er ror is d etect ed dur ing a pos ition ing operatio n.  If the m ovem ent am ount of each ax is exc eeds "10 7374182 4 (=2 30 )" at the setting of & ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 381

    9 - 29 MELSEC- A 9 MAIN POSITIONING CONTROL 9.2.4 1-axi s fixed-dimension fe ed control In "1- axis fix ed-d im ensio n fe ed co ntro l" (" D a. 2 Contro l m ethod" = fix ed-d im ensio n feed 1), on e m otor is us ed t o carr y ou t fixe d-d imens ion f ee d contr ol in a set ax is direc tion . In fix ed-d imens ion feed cont ro ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 382

    9 - 30 MELSEC- A 9 MAIN POSITIONING CONTROL Restrictions (1) An error "Co ntinuo us path control not pos sible " (error code: 516) will occur and the operat ion c annot star t if "cont inuous p ath co ntro l" is set in " Da.1 Operation p atter n". ("Co ntinuous path co ntrol" c annot b e set in f ixed- dimens ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 383

    9 - 31 MELSEC- A 9 MAIN POSITIONING CONTROL 9.2.5 2-axi s fixed-dimensi on feed control (inter polation) In "2- axis fix ed-d im ensio n fe ed co ntro l" (" D a. 2 Contro l m ethod" = fix ed-d im ensio n feed 2), t wo m otors ar e used t o carr y out fixe d-dim ens ion f eed c ontr ol i n a linear pat h while c arr ying out inte ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 384

    9 - 32 MELSEC- A 9 MAIN POSITIONING CONTROL Restrictions (1) An error "Co ntinuo us path control not pos sible " (error code: 516) will occur and the oper a tio n cann ot s tar t if "c ont inu ous pa th c ontr ol" is set in " D a. 1 Operation patte rn". ("Con tinuous path control" canno t be set in fi xed-dim ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 385

    9 - 33 MELSEC- A 9 MAIN POSITIONI NG CONTROL 9.2.6 2-axi s circul ar interpolation control with auxili ary point desig nation In "2- axis circ ular int erpol ati on con tro l" (" Da.2 Control met hod" = ABS circular interp olat ion, I NC c ircu lar i nterpo lat ion) , t wo motor s ar e used to c arr y out p osi tion contr ol in ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 386

    9 - 34 MELSEC- A 9 MAIN POSITIONI NG CONTROL Restrictions (1) 2- axis c ircular inter polat ion contr ol canno t be s et in th e f ollowing cases .  W hen "degre e" is set in " Pr. 1 Unit se ttin g"  W hen the units set in " Pr. 1 Unit s ettin g" ar e dif f erent f or t he ref erenc e axis and int erpo lati on ax ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 387

    9 - 35 MELSEC- A 9 MAIN POSITIONI NG CONTROL Positioning data sett ing example The f ollowing t able s hows s etting exam ples when "2-ax is cir cular interpol ation control with aux iliar y po int desig nation ( AB S circu lar inter polat ion)" is s et in position ing dat a No. 1 of ax is 1. (T he requ ired valu es ar e also set in pos i ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 388

    9 - 36 MELSEC- A 9 MAIN POSITIONI NG CONTROL (2) 2-axis circular interpolation contr ol with aux iliary poi nt designation (INC cir cular interpol ation) In the inc rem ent s y stem , 2-ax is circ ular inter polati on c ontrol with auxil iar y point designat ion, ad dress es establ ished b y a machine zer o point r eturn o n a 2- axis coordin ate p ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 389

    9 - 37 MELSEC- A 9 MAIN POSITIONI NG CONTROL Restrictions (1) 2- axis c ircular inter polat ion contr ol canno t be s et in th e f ollowing cases .  W hen "degre e" is set in " Pr. 1 Unit se ttin g"  W hen the units set in " Pr. 1 Unit s ettin g" ar e dif f erent f or t he ref erenc e axis and int erpo lati on ax ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 390

    9 - 38 MELSEC- A 9 MAIN POSITIONI NG CONTROL Positioning data sett ing example The f ollowing t able s hows s etting exam ples when "2-ax is cir cular interpol ation control with aux iliar y point desig nation ( INC cir cular interpol ation) " is se t in position ing dat a No. 1 of ax is 1. (T he requ ired valu es ar e also set in pos iti ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 391

    9 - 39 MELSEC- A 9 MAIN POSITIONI NG CONTROL 9.2.7 2-axi s circular interpolati on control with center poi nt designation In "2- axis circ ular int erpol ati on con tro l" (" D a. 2 Contr ol m ethod" = A BS rig ht arc, INC right arc, ABS lef t arc , IN C l eft arc ), t wo m otors ar e us ed t o carr y ou t pos itio n co ntrol in ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 392

    9 - 40 MELSEC- A 9 MAIN POSITIONI NG CONTROL Circular interpolat ion err or compensat ion In circular int erpolat ion c ontrol with ce nter poin t des ignatio n, the ar c path calcula ted from the s tart po int addres s and t he cen ter poi nt addres s m a y devia te from the position of the e nd poi nt addres s set in " Da.5 Positionin g addr ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 393

    9 - 41 MELSEC- A 9 MAIN POSITIONI NG CONTROL (1) 2-axis circular interpolation control with center point desig nation (ABS right ar c, ABS left arc) Operation chart In the abso lute s ystem , 2-ax is cir cular inter pola tion c ontrol with c enter po int designat ion, ad dress es establ ished b y a machine zer o point r eturn o n a 2- axis coordin ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 394

    9 - 42 MELSEC- A 9 MAIN POSITIONI NG CONTROL Restrictions (1) 2- axis c ircular inter polat ion contr ol canno t be s et in th e f ollowing cases .  W hen "degre e" is set in " Pr. 1 Unit se ttin g"  W hen the units set in " Pr. 1 Unit s ettin g" ar e dif f erent f or t he ref erenc e axis and int erpo lati on ax ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 395

    9 - 43 MELSEC- A 9 MAIN POSITIONI NG CONTROL POINT Set a va lue in " D a. 7 Comm and s peed " so th at th e spe ed of eac h ax is does n ot exceed the " Pr. 7 Speed l im it val ue". (T he s pee d lim it does n ot fu nction for the speed c alc ulat ed b y the D7 5P2 dur ing in ter pola tion cont rol.) (2) 2-axis circular interpol ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 396

    9 - 44 MELSEC- A 9 MAIN POSITIONI NG CONTROL In circ ular inter pol atio n co ntrol with center p oint desi gnat ion, an a ngul ar v eloci ty is calcu lated on th e as sum ptio n tha t oper at ion is car rie d o ut at a com m and spe ed o n the arc us ing t he r adius ca lcul ated f rom the s tar t po int addr e ss an d ce nter p oint addr ess , an ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 397

    9 - 45 MELSEC- A 9 MAIN POSITIONI NG CONTROL Ax is Setting item Ax is 1 (reference axis) setting example Ax is 2 (interpolation axis) setting example Setting details Axis 1 Positioning data No. 1 Da.1 Operation pattern Positioning complete – Set "Positioning complete" assuming the nex t positioning data will not be ex ecuted. Da.2 Contr ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 398

    9 - 46 MELSEC- A 9 MAIN POSITIONI NG CONTROL 9.2.8 Speed control In " speed con trol"(" Da. 2 Cont rol m ethod" = For war d run : sp eed c ont rol, Rev erse run: spe ed co ntrol) , contr ol i s carri ed out in the axis d ire ction in whic h the pos iti onin g data has be en set by conti nuo usl y outputt ing puls es for the sp e ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 399

    9 - 47 MELSEC- A 9 MAIN POSITIONI NG CONTROL Curr ent feed value durin g speed contr ol The f ollowing t able s hows the "C urrent f eed value (RW r n + 0 to 1, RW rn + 8 to 9) " during s peed co ntrol c orres pond ing to the " Pr.22 Cur rent feed value dur ing speed co ntrol" sett ings . " Pr. 22 Current feed value during ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 400

    9 - 48 MELSEC- A 9 MAIN POSITIONING CONTROL 9.2.9 Speed/positi on changeov er control In "sp eed/ pos itio n ch ange ov er co ntrol " (" Da.2 Contr ol m eth od" = For war d run: speed/ pos itio n, Re verse r un : spee d/pos ition) , t he p ulse of th e sp eed se t t o " Da.7 Comm and sp eed" is k ept output unt il the ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 401

    9 - 49 MELSEC- A 9 MAIN POSITIONING CONTROL t V Positioning start signal OFF ON BUSY signal OFF ON Positioning complete signal OF F ON Speed/position changeover signal ON Speed control Position control Dwell time In speed control flag Speed/position changeover enable flag Da. 7 Command speed Movement amount set in" Da . 5 Positioning address/m ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 402

    9 - 50 MELSEC- A 9 MAIN POSITIONING CONTROL Operation t iming and processing time dur ing speed/position chang eover control (Com mon to INC mode and ABS m ode) Positioning start signal [RY(n+1) 0, RY( n+1)1] BUSY signal M code ON sig nal [RXnD, RXnE](W ITH mod e) Standin g by In speed control Start complete signal Output pulse to exter nal s ource ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 403

    9 - 51 MELSEC- A 9 MAIN POSITIONING CONTROL Current f eed value during speed/position chang eover control (Common to I NC mode and ABS mode) The f ollowing t able s hows t he "Curr ent fee d value ( RW rn + 0 to 1, RW r n + 8 to 9)" during s peed/p osition ch angeo ver contr ol cor respo ndi ng to the " Pr.22 Curr ent feed va lue dur ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 404

    9 - 52 MELSEC- A 9 MAIN POSITIONING CONTROL Changing the position contr ol movement am ount (INC mode only) In "speed/ posit ion c hangeover contr ol", th e positi on contr ol m ovem ent am ount can be change d dur ing the sp eed c ontrol s ection. (1) T he positi on cont rol m ovem ent am ount can be chang ed dur ing the s peed control s ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 405

    9 - 53 MELSEC- A 9 MAIN POSITIONING CONTROL Restrictions <Common to I NC mode and ABS mode> (1) If “continuo us pat h contro l” is spec ified f or “ Da.1 Oper ation pattern”, an err or “continu ous path c ontrol not poss ible” (er ror code : 516 ) occ urs, res ulting in a failure t o star t. (In the spee d/positio n cha ngeover co ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 406

    9 - 54 MELSEC- A 9 MAIN POSITIONING CONTROL <ABS mode only> (8) W hen the positioning addre ss is reached m idwa y durin g deceler ation if automatic dece leration is st arted a t the input of the spe ed/pos ition ch angeo ver signal, t he m achine wil l not stop imm ediate ly at t he positi oning addr ess. T he machine will stop at the pos i ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 407

    9 - 55 MELSEC- A 9 MAIN POSITIONING CONTROL Positioning data sett ing examples The f ollowing t able sho ws s etting exam ples when "spe ed/positi on ch angeo ver control (f orward run: s peed/ posit ion)" is set in posit ioni ng data N o. 1 of axis 1. Setting item Setting example Setting details Positioning data No. 1 Da.1 Operation patt ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 408

    9 - 56 MELSEC- A 9 MAIN POSITIONING CONTROL 9.2.10 Current v alue change W hen the curre nt valu e is cha nged to a new val ue, co ntrol is carr ied out in which the "Curr ent f eed val ue (RW rn + 0 to 1, RW rn + 8 to 9)" of t he sto pp ed axis is cha nged to a rand om addres s set b y the us er. (T he " M d. 3 0 Machin e fee d v al ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 409

    9 - 57 MELSEC- A 9 MAIN POSITIONING CONTROL Positioning data sett ing examples The f ollowing t able s hows s etting ex am ples wh en "cur rent va lue ch ange" is set in position ing dat a No. 1 of ax is 1. Setting item Setting example Setting details Positioning data No. 1 Da.1 Operation pattern Positioning complete Set "Positioning ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 410

    9 - 58 MELSEC- A 9 MAIN POSITIONING CONTROL (2) Curr ent value change using the start No. (No. 9003) for a curr ent value chang e Operation char t The c urrent va lue is c hang ed b y setting th e new c urre nt value "Current valu e change ( RW wm+2 to 3, R W wm+10 to 11)" , sett ing "9003 " in th e " Cd.11 Position ing st ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 411

    9 - 59 MELSEC- A 9 MAIN POSITIONING CONTROL Setting method for the current value change function The f ollowing s hows an exam ple of a seque nce pro gram and data se tting t o change the curr ent va lue to a ne w val ue with the posit ioni ng start si gnal. (T he " Current f eed va lue (RW r n + 0 to 1, RW rn + 8 to 9)" is c hang ed to & ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 412

    9 - 60 MELSEC- A 9 MAIN POSITIONING CONTROL 9.2.11 JUMP comman d The J UMP c omm and is use d t o contr ol th e op era tion so it jum ps to a posit ioni ng d ata No. set in t he p osi tionin g da ta dur in g "co ntin uous posi tio ning c ontr ol" or "c onti nuous path c ontrol ". JUMP c omm ands inc lude th e fol lo wing t wo t ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 413

    9 - 61 MELSEC- A 9 MAIN POSITIONING CONTROL (3) Pos itionin g contro l suc h as loo ps c annot be execute d by JUM P com m ands alone u ntil the c ondit ions have been es tabl ishe d. To the J UMP ins truct ion de stinat ion, s pecif y the pos itio ning da ta whos e control m ethod is other tha n the JU MP instr uction. Positioning data sett ing ex ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 414

    9 - 62 MELSEC- A 9 MAIN POSITIONING CONTROL MEM O ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 415

    10 - 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 APPEN- DI CES Chapter 10 ADVANCED POSITIONING CONTROL The detail s and usage of adva nced pos itioning c ontrol (contr ol functi ons usi ng the "start b lock data ") a re expla ined in thi s chapte r. Advance d posi tioning contr ol is us ed to c arry out appli ed cont rol usi ng the " position ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 416

    10 - 2 MELSEC- A 10 ADVANCE D PO SITIONING CONTROL 10.1 Outline of a dvanced positi oning control In "ad vanc ed posit ioni ng c ontro l" t he ex ecut ion order an d ex ecuti on c onditi ons of t he "posi tion ing da ta" are set to carr y out m or e app lied pos iti onin g. (T he ex ecut ion ord er and exec uti on cond itio ns a ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 417

    10 - 3 MELSEC- A 10 ADVANCE D PO SITIONING CONTROL 10.1.1 Data requi red for adv anced positioning control "Adva nce d posit io ning co ntr ol" is ex ecu ted b y setti ng th e requ ired it em s in the "s tart block data" and "c onditi on d ata", the n st artin g tha t "star t block dat a". J udgm ent a bout w ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 418

    10 - 4 MELSEC- A 10 ADVANCE D PO SITIONING CONTROL 10.1.2 "Start bl ock data" and "conditi on data" config uration The "s tart bloc k dat a" and "condi tion data " cor res pond ing t o "bloc k No. 7 000 " can be store d in the buff er m emor y. (T he f ollow ing dr a wing s ho ws an exam ple f or ax ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 419

    10 - 5 MELSEC- A 10 ADVANCE D PO SITIONING CONTROL Set in D75 P2 the "s tart bl oc k data" an d "co nditio n data " corr espon ding to the fol lowing "block Nos. 7 001 t o 70 10" usin g the AD7 5 sof twar e p ack age. (T he fo llo wing drawi ng shows an exam ple for ax is 1.) ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 420

    10 - 6 MELSEC- A 10 ADVANCE D PO SITIONING CONTROL 10.2 Advanced positi oning control execution procedur e Advanc ed posit ion ing c ontr ol is car ried out using the f ol lowi ng pr oced ure. STEP 1 Pr epa r ati on Starting the control Monitoring the control Refer to Chapter 9 Carry out the "main pos itioning control" setting. Control te ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 421

    10 - 7 MELSEC- A 10 ADVANCE D PO SITIONING CONTROL 10.3 Setting the start bl ock data 10.3.1 Relation betw een various controls and start bl ock data The "s tart block dat a" m ust be s et to c arr y out "adv anc ed p ositi oning c on trol ". The settin g re quir em ents a nd d eta ils of e ach "star t bl ock data" ite ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 422

    10 - 8 MELSEC- A 10 ADVANCE D PO SITIONING CONTROL 10.3.2 Block start (nor mal start) In a "b lock st art ( norm al s tar t)", th e pos it ion ing d ata grou ps of a b lock are co ntin uousl y execu ted in a s et seque nce s tartin g from the posit ion ing dat a set in " Da.11 Sta rt data No." by one st art. Secti on [2] sh ows ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 423

    10 - 9 MELSEC- A 10 ADVANCE D PO SITIONING CONTROL (2) Control e xamples The f ollow ing s hows the contr ol execu ted when the "st art bl ock data" of t he 1s t poin t of axis 1 is set as s hown in s ectio n ( 1) a nd star te d. <1> T he posit ion ing dat a is ex ecute d in t he follo wing or der b ef ore stop pin g. Axi s 1 posi t ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 424

    10 - 1 0 MELSEC- A 10 ADVANCE D PO SITIONING CONTROL 10.3.3 Condition star t In a "conditi on start" , the "con diti on da ta" conditio nal ju dgm ent desig nated in " Da .13 Param eter" is c arried out f or th e pos itio ning d ata s et in " Da .1 1 Start data No .". If the condit ions ha ve be en es tab lis ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 425

    10 - 1 1 MELSEC- A 10 ADVANCE D PO SITIONING CONTROL 10.3.4 W ait start In a "wait st art", th e "co ndit ion data " con dition al ju dgm ent desig nate d in " Da .13 Param eter" is c arried out f or th e pos itio ning d ata s et in " Da .1 1 Start data No .". If the condit ions ha ve be en es tab lish ed, t ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 426

    10 - 1 2 MELSEC- A 10 ADVANCE D PO SITIONING CONTROL 10.3.5 Simultaneous st art In a "sim ultan eous start ", the pos ition ing da ta *1 s et in th e " Da.11 St art da ta No ." and posit ioni ng d ata of oth er ax es set in the "co ndit ion d ata" are s im ultane ous ly ex ecute d (Outputs pu lses at th e sam e tim ing ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 427

    10 - 1 3 MELSEC- A 10 ADVANCE D PO SITIONING CONTROL "Erro r". <4> After the ex ecuti on of the ax is 1 " pos itio nin g dat a No. 50 " is c om pleted, sto p the co ntro l. 10.3.6 Stop In a "stop ", the contr ol is stopp ed with the "star t block data " set in "4: st op". The con trol af ter t ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 428

    10 - 1 4 MELSEC- A 10 ADVANCE D PO SITIONING CONTROL 10.3.7 Repeated star t (FOR loop) In a "repe ated s tart (F OR loop) ", th e data be tween the "s tart bloc k data " in whic h "5: FOR loo p" is se t in " D a .1 2 Sp eci al st art com m and" and th e "star t bloc k dat a" in whic h "7: NEXT ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 429

    10 - 1 5 MELSEC- A 10 ADVANCE D PO SITIONING CONTROL 10.3.8 Repeated star t (FOR conditi on) In a "r epe ated s tart (F OR c ond itio n)", the dat a bet ween the "st art block dat a" in wh ich "6: FO R c ond itio n" is se t in " Da . 12 Special s tart c om m and" an d the "st art block da ta" in wh ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 430

    10 - 1 6 MELSEC- A 10 ADVANCE D PO SITIONING CONTROL 10.3.9 Restrictions w hen using the NEX T start The "N EXT sta rt" is a co m mand indi c ati ng the en d of the re petition s when exe cuting section "10 .3.7 Repe ated s t art (FOR loo p) " and s ecti on "1 0.3.8 Rep eate d st art (FO R condit ion) ". The f ollo win ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 431

    10 - 1 7 MELSEC- A 10 ADVANCE D PO SITIONING CONTROL 10.4 Setting the conditi on data 10.4.1 Relation betw een various controls and the condi tion data "Con dition dat a" is set in t he f ollow ing c ases. (1) W hen setting c ond itio ns d urin g exec uti on of sect ion "9.2 .11 J UMP comm and" (m ain pos iti onin g contr ol) (2 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 432

    10 - 1 8 MELSEC- A 10 ADVANCE D PO SITIONING CONTROL The s etting r eq uirem ents an d det ails of th e fo llo wing "co ndit ion dat a" Da.15 to Da . 18 sett ing item s dif fer accor ding to th e " Da.14 Condi tion tar get" se tting . The fo llowin g shows th e Da.15 to Da . 18 settin g item s cor respon ding to the " Da.14 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 433

    10 - 1 9 MELSEC- A 10 ADVANCE D PO SITIONING CONTROL 10.4.2 Condition dat a setting examples The f ollo wing show s se ttin g ex am ples f or "c on diti on d ata" . (1) Setting the device ON/OFF as a condi tion [Con diti on] Devi ce "RXn0" (=D75P 2 READY) is ON Da.14 Condition target Da.15 Condition operator Da.16 Address Da.17 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 434

    10 - 2 0 MELSEC- A 10 ADVANCE D PO SITIONING CONTROL 10.5 Starting advanced positi oning control 10.5.1 Starting advanced positi oning control To ex ecute adv anced pos iti oning c ontr ol, a sequ enc e progr am m ust be cre ated to s tar t the co ntro l in the s am e m anner as fo r m ain p ositi onin g c ontrol . The f ollow ing s hows the pro ce ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 435

    10 - 2 1 MELSEC- A 10 ADVANCE D PO SITIONING CONTROL 10.5.2 Example o f a start prog ram f or advanced posi tioning contr ol The f ollo wing show s an exa m ple of a star t pr ogram f or ad vanc ed posit ioni ng c ontro l in which the 1s t p oint "star t b lock data" of ax is 1 is s tarte d. (T he bloc k No. is r egar ded as "70 00&q ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 436

    10 - 2 2 MELSEC- A 10 ADVANCE D PO SITIONING CONTROL Star t time chart The f ollowing c hart s hows a tim e chart in whic h the po sitionin g data 1, 2, 10, 11, and 12 of axis 1 are co ntinuous l y executed as an ex am ple. (a) Start bloc k data s etti ng exam ple Axis 1 start block data Da.10 Shape Da. 11 Star t data No. Da.1 2 Special start comma ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 437

    11 - 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 APPEN- DI CES Chapter 11 MANUAL CONTROL The de tails a nd us age of manua l contr ol are expla ined in this c hapte r. In ma nual control , pul se ou tput co mman ds ar e issu ed dur ing a JOG o perat ion ex ecuted by the turni ng ON of the JO G ST ART s ignal, or fro m a manu al puls e gen erato r conne cted ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 438

    11 - 2 MELSEC- A 11 MANUAL CONTROL 11.1 Outline of manual control 11.1.1 Two manual control methods "Man ual con tro l" refer s to c ontro l in whic h posi tion ing da ta is n ot used, an d a posit ioni ng o perati on is car ried out in r espons e t o s ignal inpu t fr om an ex ter na l sourc e. The t wo t ypes of th is "m anu al c o ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 439

    11 - 3 MELSEC- A 11 MANUAL CONTROL Manual control auxil iary funct ions Refer to s ection " 3.3.4 Com bin ation of D75P2 main f unctions and a uxiliar y functions " for details on "a uxili ar y functions" that c an be c om bined with m anua l control. Also ref er to "Chapt er 12 CO NT ROL AUXI LIARY FUNCT IONS" for det ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 440

    11 - 4 MELSEC- A 11 MANUAL CONTROL 11.2 JOG operation 11.2.1 Outline of JOG oper ation Important Use th e hardware st roke li mit functi on when car rying ou t JOG operat ion nea r the upper or lo wer l imits. (Ref er to secti on 12. 4.4). * If the har dware strok e lim it f unctio n is not used, the wor kpiec e m ay exc eed th e operat ing r ange ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 441

    11 - 5 MELSEC- A 11 MANUAL CONTROL Precautions during operation The f ollowing d etails m ust be under stoo d bef ore car rying ou t JOG oper atio n. (1) For saf ety, first s et "JOG speed ( RW w m +6 to 7, RW wm+14 to 15) " to a smaller value a nd ch eck the m ovem ent. T hen graduall y increas e the value. (2) If "JOG speed (RW w m ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 442

    11 - 6 MELSEC- A 11 MANUAL CONTROL JOG operation t iming and processing t ime The f ollowing dr awing s hows d etails of th e JOG operatio n tim ing and process ing time. Reverse ru n JOG sta rt sign al BUSY signal Forward run JO G star t signa l t2 Standi ng by I n JOG oper atio n t1 t3 t4 Pulse o utput to an exte rnal s ource (PUL SE) Positi onin ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 443

    11 - 7 MELSEC- A 11 MANUAL CONTROL 11.2.2 JOG operati on executi on procedure The J OG o perat ion is c arr ied o ut b y th e foll owin g pr ocedur e. STEP 1 Preparat ion Refer to Chapter 5 and section 11.2.3. End of c ontrol Se t th e pa ra me te rs STEP 2 Refer to section 11.2.4. Set the "JOG speed (RWwm+6 to 7, RWwm+14 to 15)". STEP 3 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 444

    11 - 8 MELSEC- A 11 MANUAL CONTROL 11.2.3 Setting the req uired parameters for JOG operati on The " Param eters " m ust be set to c arr y out J OG opera tio n. The f ollow ing ta ble s hows the s ett ing item s of th e re quir ed par am eters for c arr ying o ut JOG op erat ion. W hen onl y JOG op erat ion wi ll be c arr ied o ut, n o par ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 445

    11 - 9 MELSEC- A 11 MANUAL CONTROL Setting item Setting requirement Factory-set initial value (setting details) Parameters Pr.26 Acceleration time 1 (Unit: ms) 1000 Pr.27 Acceleration time 2 (Unit: ms) 1000 Pr.28 Acceleration time 3 (Unit: ms) 1000 Pr.29 Deceleration time 1 (Unit: ms) 1000 Pr.30 Deceleration time 2 (Unit: ms) 1000 Pr.31 Deceleratio ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 446

    11 - 1 0 MELSEC- A 11 MANUAL CONTROL 11.2.4 Creating start progr ams for JOG operation A sequ enc e pro gram m ust be cr eated to ex ec ute a JO G oper ati on. C onsid er t he "requ ire d contr ol dat a se ttin g", "s tar t cond it ions ", "s tar t tim e chart", a nd "d evice settin gs" when cre ating t he pr ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 447

    11 - 1 1 MELSEC- A 11 MANUAL CONTROL Start time cha rt t Forward run JOG start signal Forward JOG run BUSY signal Error detection signal OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON ON ON ON ON OFF [RXnA] [RXn4] Remote station READY signal D75P2 READY signal Reverse run JOG start signal Reverse JOG run [RY(n+1)6)] [RY(n+1)7] [RXn0] [RX(n+7)B] Fig. 11.5 JOG ope ration st ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 448

    11 - 1 2 MELSEC- A 11 MANUAL CONTROL 11.2.5 JOG operati on exampl e When the "stop sig nal" is tur ned ON during JOG operat ion W hen the "stop s ignal" is tu rned ON d uring JOG oper ation , the J OG oper atio n will stop b y the "dece leration stop" m ethod . JOG s tart signals will b e ignor ed whi le the sto p sign ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 449

    11 - 1 3 MELSEC- A 11 MANUAL CONTROL W hen both the "forward run JOG star t signal" and "reverse run JO G start signal" ar e turned ON simultaneousl y for one axis W hen both the "f orward r un J OG st art signal" and "r ever se run J OG s tart sign al" are turn ed ON sim ultan eousl y for one axis, t he &quo ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 450

    11 - 1 4 MELSEC- A 11 MANUAL CONTROL W hen the "JOG start signal" is t urned ON again during decelerat ion caused by the ON OFF of the "JOG start signal" W hen the "JOG s tart si gnal" is turned ON ag ain dur ing dec eleration c aus ed b y the ON O FF of the "JOG start signal", the J OG oper atio n will b e c ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 451

    11 - 1 5 MELSEC- A 11 MANUAL CONTROL W hen the "JOG start sig nal" is turned ON im mediately af ter the stop sig nal OFF (within 56.8ms) W hen the "JOG s tart si gnal" is turned ON im m ediatel y after the s top sign al OFF (within 5 6.8ms ), it will b e ig nored and the JOG operat ion will not be carried out. ON A xis stop sign ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 452

    11 - 1 6 MELSEC- A 11 MANUAL CONTROL 11.3 Manual pulse g e nerator operation 11.3.1 Outline o f manual pulse generator operation Important Create the se quenc e progr am so that "Manu al p ulse genera tor ena ble fl ag (RY(n +2)9 , R Y(n+ 4)9) " is alwa ys s et t o "0 " (dis ab led) w hen a m anual puls e genera tor o pera tion ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 453

    11 - 1 7 MELSEC- A 11 MANUAL CONTROL Restricted it ems A manual pulse gener ator i s require d to car r y out m anual puls e gener ator operation . Precautions during operation The f ollowing d etails m ust be u nderstoo d bef ore car rying o ut m anual pulse generator operat ion. (1) T he speed d uring m anual p ulse g eneratio n oper ation is not ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 454

    11 - 1 8 MELSEC- A 11 MANUAL CONTROL Manual pulse gener ator operation tim ing and processing t ime The f ollowing dr awing s hows d etails of the m anual p uls e generat or op eration timing and proces sing tim e. Manual pulse generator input pulses t1 t3 t4 BUSY signa l [RXn4, RXn 5] Standing by Positi oning start complete signal [RXn1, RXn2] Pul ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 455

    11 - 1 9 MELSEC- A 11 MANUAL CONTROL 11.3.2 Manual p ulse generator operation ex ecution procedure The m anua l pu lse ge ner ator oper ati on is c arr ied out b y the f ol lowi ng proc ed ure. * Write the sequence program creat ed in STEP 1 and STEP 2 to the PLC C PU. * Set the c ontrol data and create a sequenc e program to e n able/disable the m ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 456

    11 - 2 0 MELSEC- A 11 MANUAL CONTROL 11.3.3 Setting the r equired par ameters for manual pulse gener ator operation The " Param eters " m ust be set t o car ry o ut m anual p ulse gener at or oper at ion. The f ollow ing ta ble s hows the s ett ing item s of th e re quir ed par am eters for c arr ying o ut manual puls e g enera tor ope ra ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 457

    11 - 2 1 MELSEC- A 11 MANUAL CONTROL 11.3.4 Starting the manual pul se generator operation A sequ enc e pro gram m ust be cr eated to ex ec ute a m anual p uls e gen erator op erati on. Consid er t he "requ ire d contr ol data sett ing", "s tart cond itio ns" , "star t t im e chart ", a nd "devic e se tt ings" ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 458

    11 - 2 2 MELSEC- A 11 MANUAL CONTROL Start time cha rt Pulse input A ph a se OFF ON ON OFF OFF OFF t OFF 1 Forward run Re ve rse ru n ON Pulse input B ph a se BUSY signal D75P 2 REA DY sig n al Remoto station READY signal Start complete signal Error detection signal [RXn0] Manual pulse generator enable flag Cd. 23 Manual pulse g en erator 1 p ulse ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 459

    12 - 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 APPEN- DI CES Chapter 12 CONTROL AUXILIARY FUNCTIONS The det ails an d usage o f the "a uxili ary func tions " added an d use d in co mbinat ion wi th the main functio ns are e xpla ined in this chapter . A va riety of auxil iary fu nct ions a re avail able, inclu ding fun ctio ns specif ical ly fo ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 460

    12 - 2 MELSEC- A 12 CONTROL AUXILIA RY FUNCTIONS 12.1 Outline o f auxili ary functions "Aux iliar y func tio ns" are fun ctio ns t hat com pens at e, lim it, a dd f uncti ons, etc., to th e contr ol when the m ai n func tions are exec uted. T hese au xiliar y fu nct ions ar e ex ecute d by par am eter s ettin gs, c omm ands f rom the A D7 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 461

    12 - 3 MELSEC- A 12 CONTROL AUXILIA RY FUNCTIONS Auxiliary function Details Absolute position restoration fu nction * 2 This function restores the abso lute position of the spe c ified axis. Other functions Step function This function temporarily stops the operation to confirm the positioning operation during debugging, et c. The operation can be s ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 462

    12 - 4 MELSEC- A 12 CONTROL AUXILIA RY FUNCTIONS 12.2 A uxiliary f unction s specifica lly for ma chine zero po int return s The aux ili ar y funct ions s pec if icall y for m ac hine zero poi nt ret urns inc lud e the "zer o point r etr y func tio n" and " zero p oint shif t func tio n". E ach functi on is exec ute d b y param ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 463

    12 - 5 MELSEC- A 12 CONTROL AUXILIA RY FUNCTIONS (b) Z ero po int r eturn r etr y op erati on wh en th e work piec e is outsi de t he ran ge between the upper and lo wer lim its. 1) W hen the dir ectio n fr om the work piec e to t he zer o po int is the sam e as th e " Pr.46 Zero poin t return direction", a no rmal m achin e zero point re ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 464

    12 - 6 MELSEC- A 12 CONTROL AUXILIA RY FUNCTIONS (c) Sett ing t he d well tim e f or a z ero po int r etur n r etr y W ith the ze ro po int r etur n re tr y funct ion, the d well t im e can be set for rev erse run op erati on s tarted at d ete ctio n of the upper/ lower lim it sig nal and f or a mac hine ze ro p oint r et urn e xecut ed af ter a st ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 465

    12 - 7 MELSEC- A 12 CONTROL AUXILIA RY FUNCTIONS (2) Precauti on during control (a) T he f ollowi ng ta ble s hows whet her th e ze ro po int r etur n retr y funct ion m a y be exec uted b y the " Pr .4 5 Zero p oint ret urn m ethod". Pr.45 Zero point return method Execution status of zero point r eturn retry function Near-point dog metho ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 466

    12 - 8 MELSEC- A 12 CONTROL AUXILIA RY FUNCTIONS 12.2.2 Zero point shi ft function W hen a m achin e zer o poin t retur n is car rie d out , the zer o p oint is n orm all y esta blis hed using th e near- point do g, st opper , and ze ro poi nt signa l. Ho wever, b y usin g the zer o point s hif t func ti on, t he m achine can be m ove d a desig nat ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 467

    12 - 9 MELSEC- A 12 CONTROL AUXILIA RY FUNCTIONS (2) Setting range for the zero poi nt shift amount Set t he zero p oint sh ift am ount wit hin t he ra nge f rom the d etect ed zero poin t sign al to the upper/l ower limit switche s. Setting rang e of the negat ive zero p oint shift amo unt Setting range of the positive zero po in t shift amount Ad ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 468

    12 - 1 0 MELSEC- A 12 CONTROL AUXILIA RY FUNCTIONS (b) Zero po int shif t oper ati on at the " Pr .4 9 Cr eep sp eed" (W hen " Pr . 57 S peed des ignat io n dur ing zer o poin t sh ift" is 1) When the " Pr. 55 Zero point shift amount" is negative When the " Pr. 55 Zero point shif t am ount" is p ositi ve Pr. ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 469

    12 - 1 1 MELSEC- A 12 CONT ROL AU XI LIARY FUNCTIONS 12.3 Functions for compensating the control The aux ili ar y functi ons f or c om pensati ng th e contr ol incl ude t he "bac klas h com pensat ion f unc tion", "e lec tro nic ge ar f uncti on" , and "n ear p ass m ode func tion ". Each f unct ion is ex ecute d b y p ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 470

    12 - 1 2 MELSEC- A 12 CONT ROL AU XI LIARY FUNCTIONS (2) Precautions during control (a) T he f eed p ulses of t he b ack lash c om pensat ion am ount ar e no t add ed t o the "Curr ent f eed val ue (RW rn+0 to 1, RW r n+8 to 9)" or " Md.30 Machine feed val ue" . (b) Alwa ys carr y out a mac hine zer o po int retur n bef ore star ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 471

    12 - 1 3 MELSEC- A 12 CONT ROL AU XI LIARY FUNCTIONS 12.3.2 Electronic g ear function The " electro nic gear func tio n" adj usts t he p osi tion a nd s peed c omm ands calc ula ted and out put acc ordin g to the param eters set in t he D 75P 2 wit h the act ual m ach ine movem ent am oun t. The "ele ctronic gea r functi on" has ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 472

    12 - 1 4 MELSEC- A 12 CONT ROL AU XI LIARY FUNCTIONS (1) Error compensation method W hen posi tion cont rol is c arr ied o ut b y th e "m ovem ent a m ount p er pu lse " set in the D 75P2 p aram eters, an error som etim es oc curs b etw een th e com m and movem ent am oun t (L) and the actua l m ovem ent am ount (L') . That err or is ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 473

    12 - 1 5 MELSEC- A 12 CONT ROL AU XI LIARY FUNCTIONS Calculation ex ample (Conditions) Movement amount per pulse No. of pulses per rotation Unit magnification : 500 (  m/rev) : 12000 (pulse/rev) : 1 (Positioning results) Command movement a mount Actual movement amount : 100mm : 101mm (Compensation amount) AL' = 5  10 3  101  10 3 = ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 474

    12 - 1 6 MELSEC- A 12 CONT ROL AU XI LIARY FUNCTIONS (2) Relati on between the mov ement amount per pul se and speed The f ollow ing s hows the rel ation of t he "m ovem ent am ount p er pu lse ( A)" t o the comm and s peed and actua l s peed . The c om m and spee d is the s peed comm anded b y each c ontro l, an d th e actu al s peed is ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 475

    12 - 1 7 MELSEC- A 12 CONT ROL AU XI LIARY FUNCTIONS (3) Precautions during control It is r ecom m ended th at th e " m ovem ent am ount per pu ls e (A)" be s et t o a valu e clo se to "1" for the follow ing reason s. “1” set in the “ m ovem ent am ou nt per puls e” i ndic ates the m inim um va lue of “ Pr. 1 Unit se t ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 476

    12 - 1 8 MELSEC- A 12 CONT ROL AU XI LIARY FUNCTIONS 12.3.3 Near pass mode function W hen carr ying o ut c onti nuo us pat h co ntro l us ing inter po lation con tro l, eit her the "posi tion ing ad dres s pas s m ode" or the "n ear pas s m ode" c an b e sel ecte d b y sett ing the " P r. 44 Ne ar pass m ode s elec tion f o ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 477

    12 - 1 9 MELSEC- A 12 CONT ROL AU XI LIARY FUNCTIONS (1) Control details The fo llowin g drawing shows the paths o f the "po sitioni ng add ress pass mode" and "n ear pass m od e". [Posit ion ing ad dress pass m ode p ath] [Near pass m ode pa th] Da. 5 Positioning address Path of positioning data No. 4 V t Positioning data No. 3 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 478

    12 - 2 0 MELSEC- A 12 CONT ROL AU XI LIARY FUNCTIONS (2) Precautions during control (a) If the m ovem ent am ount desig nated by the pos it ioning data is sm all when the co ntin uous pat h contr ol i s exec ute d in the near pass m ode, the outp ut speed m a y not r each t he de sig nated spee d. (b) If cont inuo us pat h contr ol is c arrie d out ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 479

    12 - 2 1 MELSEC- A 12 CONT ROL AU XI LIARY FUNCTIONS (c) W hen contin uous path c ont rol of a c ircul ar inter polatio n is b eing c arrie d out in the near p ass m ode, an ad dress in which t he ex tra m ovement am ount is subtracted f rom the pos itio ning ad dress of the pos ition ing dat a current ly be ing executed is rep laced b y the starti ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 480

    12 - 2 2 MELSEC- A 12 CONTROL AUXILIA RY FUNCTIONS 12.4 Functions to limit t he control Funct ions t o l imit th e c ontro l i nclud e the "spe ed l im it func tion ", "t orque lim it func ti on", "soft ware s trok e lim it" , an d "har dwar e str ok e lim it". E ach funct ion is ex ecut ed b y param eter s e ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 481

    12 - 2 3 MELSEC- A 12 CONTROL AUXILIA RY FUNCTIONS (2) Precauti ons during control During int erpol ati on con tro l, spee d l im iting is carr ie d ou t at t he ref er ence ax is side set ting val ue. (The sp eed li mit will no t functi on on the inte rpolatio n side.) (3) Setting the speed limit function To use the "speed lim it functi on&qu ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 482

    12 - 2 4 MELSEC- A 12 CONTROL AUXILIA RY FUNCTIONS 12.4.2 Torque l imit function The "t orque lim it f uncti on" lim its the ge nerat ed tor qu e to a val ue within t he " tor que lim it value " sett ing r an ge wh en t he tor que g ener ate d in the s ervom otor exc eeds the "tor que lim it val ue". The "t orque ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 483

    12 - 2 5 MELSEC- A 12 CONTROL AUXILIA RY FUNCTIONS (2) Contr ol details The f ollowi ng dr awin g sh ows the o perat ion of th e tor que l im it funct ion. 50% 0% 100% 0% 100% 50% Torque limited at the parameter torque li mit sett ing value (100%) Variou s operations Remote stat ion READY si gnal [RX( n+7 )B] Pr.18 Torque lim i t setting v alue Cd. ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 484

    12 - 2 6 MELSEC- A 12 CONTROL AUXILIA RY FUNCTIONS (4) Setting the torque limit function (a) T o use the "tor que l imit func ti on", set th e "tor que lim it va lue" in th e param eters s ho wn in t he f oll owin g tab le, and wr ite t hem to th e D75 P2. The s et deta ils ar e valid ated at th e ris ing e dge ( OFF ON ) of t h ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 485

    12 - 2 7 MELSEC- A 12 CONTROL AUXILIA RY FUNCTIONS 12.4.3 Software str oke limit function In th e "sof twar e str ok e lim it funct ion " the addr ess estab li shed b y a m achi ne zero p oi nt return is us ed to set the upp er a nd lo wer lim its of the m ove abl e rang e of the work piec e. Movem ent com m ands iss ued to ad dress es ou ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 486

    12 - 2 8 MELSEC- A 12 CONTROL AUXILIA RY FUNCTIONS The f ollow ing dr awi ng sh ows the d iff erences in t he o per atio n whe n "C urre nt fe ed value ( RW rn+0 to 1 , RW rn+8 to 9)" a nd " Md . 3 0 Machin e feed va lue " are use d in the m oveab le r ang e lim it c hec k . [Con diti ons] Assum e the c urr ent st op po sit ion ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 487

    12 - 2 9 MELSEC- A 12 CONTROL AUXILIA RY FUNCTIONS (2) Sof tware stro ke li mit ch eck deta ils Check details Processing when an error occurs 1) An error shall occur if the current v alue* 1 is outside the software stroke limit range* 2 . (Check "Current feed value (RWrn+0 to 1, R W r n+8 to 9)" or " Md. 30 Machine feed value".) ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 488

    12 - 3 0 MELSEC- A 12 CONTROL AUXILIA RY FUNCTIONS (4) Precautions dur ing software stroke li mit check (a) A m ac hine zero poi nt ret urn m ust be execu ted befor eha nd for the "sof twar e strok e lim it func tion " to f unct ion pr oper ly. (b) During interpolation control, a stroke limit check is carried out for the current values of ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 489

    12 - 3 1 MELSEC- A 12 CONTROL AUXILIA RY FUNCTIONS (5) Setting the softw are stroke limit function To us e the "sof twar e str ok e lim it fu nction ", s et t he req uir ed v alues in t he param eters s ho wn in t he f oll owin g tab le, and wr ite t hem to th e D75 P2. The s et deta ils ar e valid ated at th e ris ing e dge ( OFF ON ) of ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 490

    12 - 3 2 MELSEC- A 12 CONTROL AUXILIA RY FUNCTIONS (7) Setting when the control uni t is "degr ee" Current value address The "Curr ent fee d value ( RW rn+0 to 1, RWr n+8 to 9)" address is ri ng addres ses between 0 and 3 59.999 99 ° . 0° 0° 0° 359.99999 ° 359.99 999° Fig. 1 2.17 Curr ent val ue ad dress whe n th e contr o ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 491

    12 - 3 3 MELSEC- A 12 CONTROL AUXILIA RY FUNCTIONS 12.4.4 Hardw are stroke limit function In the "h ardwar e strok e lim it funct ion", lim it s witc hes are set at the upper /lo wer lim it of the phy sical move able ra nge, and the cont rol is stopped (by decelerati on stop) by the input of a s ign al fr om the lim it swi tch. Dam age t ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 492

    12 - 3 4 MELSEC- A 12 CONTROL AUXILIA RY FUNCTIONS (2) W iring the har dware str oke limit W hen usin g the hard war e str ok e limit f unc tio n, wir e the ter m inals of the D75 P2 upper/ lower lim it s trok e lim it as sh ow n in the f oll owin g dr aw ing. Note) Connect the upper and low er limit s witches to the directions of increa sing and d ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 493

    12 - 3 5 MELSEC- A 12 CONTROL AUXILIA RY FUNCTIONS 12. 5 Fun ctio ns to change the con trol d eta ils Funct ions t o c hang e the co ntrol deta ils incl ude t he "spe ed ch ang e func tion ", " overr i de functi on", "acc eler at ion/dec el erati on tim e c han ge f uncti on" and "tor que c hang e functi on". ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 494

    12 - 3 6 MELSEC- A 12 CONTROL AUXILIA RY FUNCTIONS (1) Contr ol details The f ollow ing dr awi ng sh ow s the o per atio n dur ing a sp eed c hang e. V V1 V2 V3 t Speed changes to V2. Operation during positioning by V1. Speed changes t o V3. In speed change processing flag ( RX ( n+1 ) 1, RX ( n+4 ) 1 ) Fig. 12.22 Sp eed change ope ration (2) Preca ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 495

    12 - 3 7 MELSEC- A 12 CONTROL AUXILIA RY FUNCTIONS (c) W hen the s peed is c ha nged by se ttin g "N ew s peed valu e (RW wm+4 to 5 , RW wm+12 to 13) " to "0 ", the oper at ion is car rie d out as follows .  A deceler ation stop is ca rried ou t, and the sp eed chan ge 0 flag (RX(n+2)2, RX(n+5)2) turns ON. (During int erp ola ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 496

    12 - 3 8 MELSEC- A 12 CONTROL AUXILIA RY FUNCTIONS (3) Setting the speed change function from the PLC CPU The f ollow ing s hows the dat a sett ings and seq uence pr ogram exam ple for chang ing t he con tro l sp eed of axis 1 f rom the P LC C PU. ( In t his ex am ple, the contr ol spe ed is ch ang ed t o "1 0000 .00m m /min".) (a) S et t ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 497

    12 - 3 9 MELSEC- A 12 CONTROL AUXILIA RY FUNCTIONS (4) Setting the speed change function using an external start sig nal The sp eed can al so be change d usin g an "exte rnal sta rt signa l". The f ollow ing s hows the dat a sett ings for chan ging the c ontr ol sp eed of ax is 1 using an " exter nal start sign al". (In this exa ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 498

    12 - 4 0 MELSEC- A 12 CONTROL AUXILIA RY FUNCTIONS 12.5.2 Overr ide function The o verrid e func tion cha nges t he c omm and sp eed b y a desi gnat ed p ercen tage ( 1 to 300%) for all contr ol t o be exec uted. The s peed c an b e ch ange d b y setti ng t he perc ent age ( %) b y wh ich th e sp eed is change d in "Pos iti oning ope ration sp ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 499

    12 - 4 1 MELSEC- A 12 CONTROL AUXILIA RY FUNCTIONS (2) Precauti on during control (a) W hen changing the s pe ed dur ing c onti nuous path con trol , the speed ch ange will b e ig nored if t her e is not enou gh d istanc e rem ain ing to c arr y out the change . (b) A warn ing " dece lerat ion and s top s pee d chan ge" ( war ning c od e: ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 500

    12 - 4 2 MELSEC- A 12 CONTROL AUXILIA RY FUNCTIONS 12.5.3 Acceleration/de celeration time chang e f unction The " acce lerat ion/d ece lerat ion tim e c han ge f unct ion" is us ed t o ch ange the accel erati on/d eceler at ion t im e during a s peed c ha nge to a rand om valu e whe n carr ying out t he spe ed c han ge i ndicat ed i n s e ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 501

    12 - 4 3 MELSEC- A 12 CONTROL AUXILIA RY FUNCTIONS (2) Precauti ons during control (a) W hen "0 " is set in " Cd.33 New accele ration time val ue" and " Cd .3 4 New decel erat ion tim e valu e", th e acc eler ati on/d eceler at ion t ime wi ll not be change d e ven if the s pee d i s cha nged. In t his c ase , the oper ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 502

    12 - 4 4 MELSEC- A 12 CONTROL AUXILIA RY FUNCTIONS (d) If the " new accel era tion/d ec elerat ion tim e" is set to " 0" and th e sp eed is change d after the "n ew acc elerat ion/ dec eler atio n tim e" is va lidate d, th e operat ion wi ll be con troll ed wit h the pr evious "new acce lerat ion/d ece lerat ion t ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 503

    12 - 4 5 MELSEC- A 12 CONTROL AUXILIA RY FUNCTIONS 12.5.4 Torque chang e function The "t orq ue ch ange func tio n" is us ed to chan ge th e tor que lim it valu e dur in g torq ue lim itin g. The tor que lim it val ue dur in g torque l im iting is nor m all y the valu e set in the " Pr .18 Torque lim it set ting va lue" that was ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 504

    12 - 4 6 MELSEC- A 12 CONTROL AUXILIA RY FUNCTIONS (2) Precauti ons during control (a) If a value bes id es "0" is set i n the " Cd.30 New torque v alue", th e torq ue gene rated by the se rvomot or will be limited by that valu e. To limit th e torque with th e valu e set in " Pr .1 8 To rque lim it s ett ing value ", ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 505

    12 - 4 7 MELSEC- A 12 CONTROL AUXILIA RY FUNCTIONS 12.6 Absolute positi on restoration function CAUTION W hen abso lute posit io n res torat ion is perf orm ed, the ser vo O N s ignal m a y turn O FF (th e servo may swit ch off) for about 20ms, sta rting the mo tor. If any in conveni ence ma y be caus ed b y the s tart of th e m otor when th e ser ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 506

    12 - 4 8 MELSEC- A 12 CONTROL AUXILIA RY FUNCTIONS (2) Prepar ation Note t he d etai ls in the f oll owin g tab le f or pr epar atio n of the absol ute pos itio n detect ion s ystem . System component Details 1) Servo amplifier (MR-H-A, MR-J2-A, MR-J2S-A)  Fit the battery (MR-BAT, A6BAT) to the servo amplifier.  Make the servo amplifier si de ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 507

    12 - 4 9 MELSEC- A 12 CONTROL AUXILIA RY FUNCTIONS [3] Abso lute pos it ion sig nal t ransf er proc edur e (1) The o utline of the absolute posi tion signal transfer procedure between the ser vo amplifier and D75P2 is sho wn in Fig. 12.33. For det ails of comm unic atio n bet ween the s erv o am plif ier a nd P LC s ystem , ref er to th e ser vo am ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 508

    12 - 5 0 MELSEC- A 12 CONTROL AUXILIA RY FUNCTIONS Condition 1: N umber of output pulses (a) T his is th e num ber of pu lses that c an be o utpu t to t he s ervo am plifier wh en posit ioni ng is perf orm ed f rom the zero point in t he a bso lute p osi tion detect ion s ystem . In th e abso lute pos ition dete ctio n s ystem , puls es with in t h ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 509

    12 - 5 1 MELSEC- A 12 CONTROL AUXILIA RY FUNCTIONS Example 1 (1) T he condit ions f or calc ulati on of the posit ioning a ddre ss are ind icate d belo w.  Movem ent am ount per pul se: 0.1 ( m)  Zero point addres s: 0.0 ( m)  Number of feedbac k pulses: 8192 (puls e) (2) Calc ulate the upper and lower lim it v alues of the pos itioni ng a ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 510

    12 - 5 2 MELSEC- A 12 CONTROL AUXILIA RY FUNCTIONS Example 3 (1) T he c onditions f or calc ulat ion of the posi tioni ng addre ss ar e indicate d belo w.  Movem ent am ount per pul se: 0.9 ( m)  Zero point addres s: 0.0 ( m)  Number of feedbac k pulses: 8192 (puls e) (2) Calc ulate the posi tioning addr ess f rom the r ange of using the n ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 511

    12 - 5 3 MELSEC- A 12 CONTROL AUXILIA RY FUNCTIONS 12.7 Other functions Other funct ions inc lude the "step func tion" , "s kip f unc tion", "M c ode out put f unctio n", "teach ing f unc tio n", "comm and in- posit ion f u nction ", "stepp ing m o tor m ode f unct ion ", "acce lerat ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 512

    12 - 5 4 MELSEC- A 12 CONTROL AUXILIA RY FUNCTIONS (2) Step mode In step oper at ions, t he t im ing f or st oppi ng th e c ontro l ca n be s et. T his is c alled the "s tep m ode ". (T he "ste p m ode" is se t in the c ontr ol data " Cd.27 Step mode".) The f ollo wing s hows the two t ypes of "s tep m ode" f ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 513

    12 - 5 5 MELSEC- A 12 CONTROL AUXILIA RY FUNCTIONS (4) Using the step operation The f ollow ing s hows the proc edure f or c heck ing p ositi onin g dat a us ing th e st ep operat ion. (a) Turn ON the step valid flag before starting the positioning data. (W rite "1 " (car r y out s tep operat io n) in " Cd.26 Step vali d flag".) ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 514

    12 - 5 6 MELSEC- A 12 CONTROL AUXILIA RY FUNCTIONS (5) Contr ol details (a) T he f ollow ing dr awi ng sh ows a st ep o perati on d uring a " dece lerat ion unit step". Positi onin g Positioning data No. No .10 11 No.11 01 No positioning data No. unit, so operation pattern becomes one step of unit for carr y in g out automatic deceleratio ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 515

    12 - 5 7 MELSEC- A 12 CONTROL AUXILIA RY FUNCTIONS (6) Precauti ons during control (a) W hen step op erat ion is c arried ou t usi ng inter pola tion contro l posit ioni ng data, the st ep f unct ion s ettin gs ar e car rie d out for the refer enc e axis . (b) W hen the ste p va lid fl ag is O N, the ste p op erati on wil l st art fr om the beginn ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 516

    12 - 5 8 MELSEC- A 12 CONTROL AUXILIA RY FUNCTIONS 12.7.2 Skip function The "s kip f unc tio n" is use d to st op ( dec elera tion stop) th e co ntrol of th e pos it ioni ng d ata being exec ute d at t he t im e of th e sk ip sig nal inpu t, an d exec ute the next p osit ion ing data. A skip is execu ted b y a skip com m and ( Cd .2 9 Sk ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 517

    12 - 5 9 MELSEC- A 12 CONTROL AUXILIA RY FUNCTIONS (3) Setting the skip function from the PLC CPU The f ollow ing s hows the s ett ings a nd s equ ence pr ogr am ex am ple f or sk ipp ing the co ntro l be ing ex ecu ted in ax is 1 wit h a com m and fr om the P LC C PU. (a) S et the fo llowin g data. (The s etti ng is car ried out usin g the seq uen ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 518

    12 - 6 0 MELSEC- A 12 CONTROL AUXILIA RY FUNCTIONS 12.7.3 M code output function The " M code out put f unct ion " is us ed to com m and aux ili ary work (c lam ping , dri ll rotati on, too l rep lac em ent, etc .) re late d to the p osition ing data being exec uted. W hen the M c od e ON s ignal [RXn D, RXn E] is turn ed O N d uring posi ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 519

    12 - 6 1 MELSEC- A 12 CONTROL AUXILIA RY FUNCTIONS (b) AFT ER mo de The M c ode O N si gnal [RXn D, RX nE] is tur ned O N at the p ositi oning com pletio n, an d the M c ode is st ore d in "V alid M co de (RW r n+4, RW rn+12) ". 01 00 * m1 m2 V t OFF ON OFF OFF ON ON Positioning start signal BUSY signal M code ON signal Positio ning * m1 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 520

    12 - 6 2 MELSEC- A 12 CONTROL AUXILIA RY FUNCTIONS Da. 1 Operation pattern Valid M code M code OF F request 11 00 11 Warni n g occur s at this timi ng. t m1 m3 m2 * V OFF ON OFF OFF ON ON Positioning start signal BUSY signal M code ON signal Positioning * : m1 and m3 in dicate set M codes. * * [RY(n+1)0, RY(n+1)1] [RXn4, RXn5] [RXnD, RXnE] [RY(n+2) ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 521

    12 - 6 3 MELSEC- A 12 CONTROL AUXILIA RY FUNCTIONS (4) Setting the M code output functi on The f ollow ing s hows the s ettin gs t o us e th e "M code out put f unct ion ". (a) Se t the M c ode No. i n th e posit ion ing data " Da.9 M code ". (b) Set the tim ing to output th e M code ON signal [RX nD, R XnE]. Set the requir ed v ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 522

    12 - 6 4 MELSEC- A 12 CONTROL AUXILIA RY FUNCTIONS 12.7.4 Teaching function POINT It is r ecom m ended to use t he AD75 s of twar e pack age to ex ecut e th is f uncti on. The " teac hin g funct ion " is used to s et ad dress es align ed us in g th e m anual c ont rol (JOG operat ion, m anual pul se gen erat or op erat ion) in th e pos it ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 523

    12 - 6 5 MELSEC- A 12 CONTROL AUXILIA RY FUNCTIONS (2) Precauti ons during control (a) Bef or e teac hing , a "m ac hin e zer o po int r etur n" m ust be c arri ed ou t to establ ish the zero poi nt. (W hen a curr ent va lue ch ange f uncti on, e tc., is carrie d ou t, "C urre nt fe ed v alu e (RW r n+0 to 1, RW rn+8 to 9) " m a ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 524

    12 - 6 6 MELSEC- A 12 CONTROL AUXILIA RY FUNCTIONS (4) Teaching procedure The f ollow ing s hows the proc edure f or a teac hing oper at ion. (a) W hen teaching to th e " Da.5 Positi oning ad dres s/m ovem ent am ount " Start Carry out a m achine zero point return . Using a JOG o peration or manual pulse generator. End Confirm the complet ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 525

    12 - 6 7 MELSEC- A 12 CONTROL AUXILIA RY FUNCTIONS (b) W hen teaching to th e " D a. 6 Arc addr ess" , the n te achin g to t he " Da.5 Posit ioni ng a ddres s/m ovem ent am oun t" I II Set 2 in buf fer memory address [11 06] Star t Carry out a machine zero point return. Using a JOG operat ion or manual pulse generator. Move the ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 526

    12 - 6 8 MELSEC- A 12 CONTROL AUXILIA RY FUNCTIONS NO YES I II End Confirm th e completio n of the wr iting. Turn O FF the re mote s tatio n READY signal. [RX(n+7)B] Carry out a writin g request to the flash ROM. End teaching? Confirm the completion of the writing. Confirm tha t the buffer memory addr ess [1106] has become 0. Confirm that the buffe ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 527

    12 - 6 9 MELSEC- A 12 CONTROL AUXILIA RY FUNCTIONS 12.7.5 Command i n-posit ion function The "c om mand i n-p ositi on f unct ion" c heck s the rem ain ing dista nce to th e stop pos it ion durin g the autom at ic dec ele ration of p ositi oni ng con tro l, an d turns O N the sign al. T his signa l is cal led t he "c om m and in- pos ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 528

    12 - 7 0 MELSEC- A 12 CONTROL AUXILIA RY FUNCTIONS (2) Precauti ons during control (a) T he ran ge c heck of the c omm and in- posit ion is not p erfo rm ed duri ng s pee d contr ol and that of s peed /po sit ion c han geover contr o l. Command in-po sit ion signal Speed t o position ch angeover t Positioni ng control sta r t Speed/ position chan g ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 529

    12 - 7 1 MELSEC- A 12 CONTROL AUXILIA RY FUNCTIONS (3) Setting the command in-position function To us e the "com m and in- po sit ion f uncti on", s et the r equi red value in t he param eter s hown in t he f ollowi ng ta ble, a nd wr ite it t o th e D75 P2. The s et deta ils ar e valid ated at th e ris ing e dge ( OFF ON) of t he rem ote ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 530

    12 - 7 2 MELSEC- A 12 CONTROL AUXILIA RY FUNCTIONS 12.7.6 Stepping motor mode function The "s tep ping m otor m ode f unctio n" is us ed to carr y out the s ett ings when c ontr oll ing a steppi ng m otor with the D75 P2. By se ttin g the "st epp ing m otor m ode funct ion ", "s tep out pr even tion d uri ng acc el eratio n ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 531

    12 - 7 3 MELSEC- A 12 CONTROL AUXILIA RY FUNCTIONS (e) Restricti ons during continuous path contr ol  Con tinu ous p ath c ontro l c an on l y be use d in the c on trol of 1 axis at a tim e. Continuo us path con trol cannot be used in 2-a x is inte rpolation co ntrol. Position ing dev iation m ay occur i f continu o us pa th cont rol is used in ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 532

    12 - 7 4 MELSEC- A 12 CONTROL AUXILIA RY FUNCTIONS (2) Setting the stepping motor mode function To us e the "s tepp ing m otor m ode func tio n", se t th e re quir ed valu es in the param eters s ho wn in t he f oll owin g tab le, and wr ite t hem to th e D75 P2. The s et deta ils ar e valid ated at th e ris ing e dge ( OFF ON ) of t he r ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 533

    12 - 7 5 MELSEC- A 12 CONTROL AUXILIA RY FUNCTIONS 12.7.7 Acceleration/de celeration processing f unction The " acce lerati on/d eceler ati on proc es sing f unc tion" adju sts the accel erati on/d eceler at ion whe n eac h c ontro l is ex ecute d. Adjus ting th e ac celer at ion/dec elera tion proc essi ng t o match the c ontr ol e nable ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 534

    12 - 7 6 MELSEC- A 12 CONTROL AUXILIA RY FUNCTIONS (2) "Acceler ation/deceleration ti me 0 to 3" control detail s and setting In th e D75 P2, f our t ypes eac h of ac cel erati on tim e a nd decel erat ion tim e c an b e set. B y usi ng sep arate acce ler ation/ dec elera tion t im es, contr ol c an b e car ried out with diff erent acc el ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 535

    12 - 7 7 MELSEC- A 12 CONTROL AUXILIA RY FUNCTIONS (b) S-curv e accele ration/decelerati on processi ng method In th is m ethod, the m otor bur den is re duced dur ing s tart ing and st opp ing. This is a m eth od i n whic h accel eratio n/dec el erati on is c arr ied ou t gra dua ll y, based on th e ac celer ati on t im e, dece lerat ion t im e, s ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 536

    12 - 7 8 MELSEC- A 12 CONTROL AUXILIA RY FUNCTIONS 12.7.8 Indirectly specification function The " indir ect ly sp ecif icat ion func tion " s pecif ies ind irect l y and st arts the pos ition ing data No. The " indir ectl y sp ecific at ion func tion" is execu ted b y s ett ing t he p ositi onin g da ta No . 1 to 600 des ired to ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 537

    12 - 7 9 MELSEC- A 12 CONTROL AUXILIA RY FUNCTIONS (2) "Indir ectly specification data" c onfigurati on The f ollow ing D7 5P2 buff er m emor y can stor e t he "in dir ectl y spec if icati on d ata (positi oni ng da ta No . 1 t o 600) " cor res pond ing to the "in direc tl y spec ifica tion No. (8001 to 80 50) " on an ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 538

    12 - 8 0 MELSEC- A 12 CONTROL AUXILIA RY FUNCTIONS (3) Contr ol details and setting The f ollow ing s hows the c ontr ol deta ils a nd s etti ng wh en t he ind irect l y specif ic atio n data s et to the in direc tl y specif ica tion No. 800 1 of axis 1 is star ted. RWwm 8001 ON D75P 2 Drive unit Rem ote re giste rs Controlled with the specified po ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 539

    12 - 8 1 MELSEC- A 12 CONTROL AUXILIA RY FUNCTIONS (a) Data that requir es setting The f ollo wing da ta m us t be set t o ex ecute the ind irect l y specif ic atio n functi on. Setting item Setting value Setting details Remote register Ax is 1 Axi s 2 Positioning start No. 8001 Set "8001" that indicates the control using the "indire ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 540

    12 - 8 2 MELSEC- A 12 CONTROL AUXILIA RY FUNCTIONS (c) Start time char t The f ollow ing tim e c hart assum es that t he pos it ion ing da ta No. 1, 2 , 3, 4 and 5 of ax is 1 are exec ute d co nsecu tivel y b y "in dir ectl y spec if icat ion " as an exam ple. 1) Indirectly specification data setting exampl e Axis 1 indirectly specifi c a ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 541

    13 - 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 APPEN- DI CES Chapter 13 COMMON FUNCTIO NS The detai ls and usag e of the "c ommo n func tions" e xecuted acco rding t o the us er's requir ements are ex plai ned in th is ch apter . Common fun ctio ns in clude f unctio ns r equired when u sing the D75P2 , suc h as param eter initial izati on a ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 542

    13 - 2 MELSEC- A 13 COMMON FUNCT IONS 13.1 Outline of commo n functions "Com m on functi ons " are ex ecuted acc ordi ng t o the use r's req uir em ents, r egard less of the co ntro l meth od, e tc. Comm on funct ions inclu de "param eter in itia lizat ion ", "ex ecutio n data bac ku p", "wor k status and err ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 543

    13 - 3 MELSEC- A 13 COMMON FUNCT IONS 13.2 Parameter i nitialization function POINT It is r ecom m ended to use t he AD75 s of twar e pack age to ex ecut e th is f uncti on. "The param eter in itia lizat ion func tion" is used t o r etur n t he sett ing data set in t he D75P2 flas h ROM an d OS m emor y to their fac tor y-set i nitial val ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 544

    13 - 4 MELSEC- A 13 COMMON FUNCT IONS (2) Precautions during control (a) Par am eter in itia lizat ion is on l y execut ed when t he rem ote st atio n RE ADY signal [RX(n+7)B] i s OF F. (A warnin g "I n rem ote stat ion RE ADY" (war ning co de: 1 11) wi ll occu r if exe cuted wh en the r emote station READY signal [RX(n+ 7)B] is ON.) (b) ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 545

    13 - 5 MELSEC- A 13 COMMON FUNCT IONS 13.3 Execution data ba ckup f unction POINT It is r ecom m ended to use t he AD75 s of twar e pack age to ex ecut e th is f uncti on. W hen the D75P2 buf fer m em or y data is r ewr itten from the PLC CPU, "t he data bac k ed up in th e D75P2 fla sh ROM" may differ fro m "th e data for whi ch con ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 546

    13 - 6 MELSEC- A 13 COMMON FUNCT IONS (2) Precautions during control (a) Dat a ca n onl y be writt en to the f lash ROM when t he r emote sta tion R EAD Y signal [RX(n+7)B] i s OF F. (b) W riting to t he flas h RO M ca n be execu ted up to 100, 000 t imes . (W riting t o the flash RO M wi ll bec om e im possi ble af ter 100, 000 tim es.) (c) During ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 547

    13 - 7 MELSEC- A 13 COMMON FUNCT IONS 13.4 LED display f unction The D7 5P2 s tatus , c ontro l s tatus of eac h ax is, inpu t/out put s ignal sta tus, etc., c an be confir m ed usin g the LED dis pl a y on the f ront of t he D7 5P2 m ain un it. Monitor the op erati on con ditio n as re quire d when th e D75P 2 is not operat ing nor m ally, etc. (C ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 548

    13 - 8 MELSEC- A 13 COMMON FUNCT IONS (2) D ispla y deta ils Press ing the "Mode switc h" chan ges the "m ode" of the data dis pla yed in the LED displ a y area in the f oll owin g order . Module status Axis status OS type OS vers ion I/O information n Stepping motor mode Z-ON ULMT LLMT V-P DOG SVON Refer to (1) Refer to (2) The ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 549

    13 - 9 MELSEC- A 13 COMMON FUNCT IONS (1) "Module status" display details "Mo dule sta t us" di splays t he operat ion stat us of the D75P2. 17-segment LED Axis indicator LED Details RUN Operating axis flickers. During axis operation TEST All axes turn on. During test mode IDL Off During standby ERR LED of axis in error f licker ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 550

    13 - 1 0 MELSEC- A 13 COMMON FUNCT IONS 13.5 Clock data functio n "The clock dat a functi on" utilizes the PLC CPU clo ck data in the D75P2 . This clock data is use d to m on itor Md.7 to Md. 12 , Md .1 3 to Md.18 , Md .19 to Md.23 , Md . 24 to Md .28 histor y dat a. T he c lock data is co ntr olled in 0 .1 sec ond units in the D75 P2 to ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 551

    14 - 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 APPEN- DI CES Chapter 14 TROUBLESHOOTING The "er rors" and "w arnin gs" detected by the D7 5P2 are expla ined in this chapter. Errors a nd warnings can be confirmed with the D7 5P2 LED di splay an d periph eral devi ces. When a n "error" o r "warning " is det ected, c o ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 552

    14 - 2 MELSEC- A 14 TROUBLESHOOTING 14.1 Troubleshooti ng when the "ER R" LED on the M aster Module i s Flashing To the nex t pag e The "ERR" LED on the master st ation is f lashing Are the parameter se tting and loading syst em configuratio n compatible? Are the master statio n link special registers SW0080 to SW0083 (other sta ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 553

    14 - 3 MELSEC- A 14 TROUBLESHOOTING Complete From the pr evious pa ge From the pr evious page From th e previous pag e Is the "L RUN" LED on? Is the "SD" LED on (flashin g)? Y N Is the "SD" L ED on (fl ashing) ? Is the tra nsmission speed setting c orrect? Malfunction of the correspondin g module Se t th e tr ans mi ss ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 554

    14 - 4 MELSEC- A 14 TROUBLESHOOTING 14.2 Error and w arning details (1) E rrors Types of error s Errors detected b y the D 75P2 inc lude param eter setti ng rang e error s and er rors at the operat ion s tart or during op eration. (1) Parameter setting range errors The param eter s are chec k ed at the ris ing edge ( OFF ON) of the rem ote station ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 555

    14 - 5 MELSEC- A 14 TROUBLESHOOTING Er ro r st or ag e W hen an error occ urs, the err or detect ion sign al turns ON, and the er ror code corres ponding t o the err or deta ils is stor ed in t he "Ax is err or No. (RW rn+5, RWr n+13)". Note t hat ther e is a d ela y of up to 56.8m s after the error d etect ion signal tur ns O N until the ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 556

    14 - 6 MELSEC- A 14 TROUBLESHOOTING W arning st orage (1) W hen an axis warning oc cu rs, the warning c ode c orrespond ing to the war ning details is s tored in t he "Ax is war ning N o. (RW rn+6, RWrn+14) " f or axis warning N o. storag e. Axis No. Remote register 1 R W rn+6 2 R W rn+14 (2) W hen an axis warning oc cu rs in a p osition ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 557

    14 - 7 MELSEC- A 14 TROUBLESHOOTING MEM O ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 558

    14 - 8 MELSEC- A 14 TROUBLESHOOTING 14.3 List of error s Descrip tion of the e rrors and remedi es are sh own below. Divisi on of error Error code Error nam e Des cripti on Act ion at occu rrence of error 000 (Normal) Fatal error 001 Fault Hardware erro r The s ystem is stopped. 003 Divis ion by zero 004 Overflo w 005 Underflo w Error at select ion ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 559

    14 - 9 MELSEC- A 14 TROUBLESHOOTING Relevant buf fer m emory address remot e input/out put devic e, or remot e register Sett ing range Rem edy Axis 1 Axis 2  Check if there are eff ects of noise or the lik e.  Check for hardware err ors. Refer to s ections 5.2.1 to 5. 2.6 and 5.3. <Posit ion data, pos itioni ng address/m ovem ent amount in ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 560

    14 - 1 0 MELSEC- A 14 TROUBLESHOOTING Divisi on of error Error code Error nam e Des cripti on Act ion at occu rrence of error Common 103 Test mode fault during operati on Communi cation bet ween the personal computer and D75P 2 is int errupted in test mode. Stopping ac cording to s udden st op (stopping group 3) set ting (decel eration an d stop/ s ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 561

    14 - 1 1 MELSEC- A 14 TROUBLESHOOTING Relevant buf fer m emory address remot e input/out put devic e, or remot e register Setti ng range Rem edy Axis 1 Axis 2 Check the I/ F on the PC side of c able connect ion for errors. After m aking an axis erro r reset (refer t o [3] i n Section 14.2), perform manual control oper ation (ref er to Cha pter 11) ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 562

    14 - 1 2 MELSEC- A 14 TROUBLESHOOTING Divisi on of error Error code Error nam e Des cripti on Act ion at occu rrence of error 206 Count m ethod mov eme nt amount fault The “Setti ng for the movem ent am ount after near-point dog ON ” zero poi nt retur n detail paramet er is sm aller t han the distanc e necess ary for decelerat ion and s top fro ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 563

    14 - 1 3 MELSEC- A 14 TROUBLESHOOTING Relevant buf fer m emory address remot e input/out put devic e, or remot e register Set ting range Rem edy Axis 1 Axis 2 80 81 230 231 <Setti ng for the movem ent am ount after near-point dog ON> (In st andard mode) 0 to 2147483647 (In st epping mot or mode) 0 to 134217727  Calculate the dist ance of t ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 564

    14 - 1 4 MELSEC- A 14 TROUBLESHOOTING Divisi on of error Error code Error nam e Des cripti on Act ion at occu rrence of error Posit ioning operation 500 Il legal condi tion data No. The conditi on data num ber specif ied in the paramet er of spec ial posit ioning st art data is out of the s etting range at t he block start in the special start ing ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 565

    14 - 1 5 MELSEC- A 14 TROUBLESHOOTING Relevant buf fer m emory address remot e input/out put devic e, or remot e register Set ting range Rem edy Axis 1 Axis 2 Refer to section “5.4 List of star t block dat a.” <Condition data N o.> 1 to 10 Examine the c ondition dat a number. (Refer to Da . 13 in sect ion 5.4) Refe r to sectio n “5.5 Li ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 566

    14 - 1 6 MELSEC- A 14 TROUBLESHOOTING Divisi on of error Error code Error nam e Des cripti on Act ion at occu rrence of error Posit ioning operation 504 Outside l inear mov eme nt amount range  The movement amount in eac h axis f or each piece of dat a exceeds 107374 1824 (2 30 ) during line ar inter polation with “synt hetic speed” spec ifi ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 567

    14 - 1 7 MELSEC- A 14 TROUBLESHOOTING Relevant buf fer m emory address remot e input/out put devic e, or remot e register Set ting range Rem edy Axis 1 Axis 2 Refer to section "5.3 Li st of positi oning data.” <Posit ioning address /m ovement amount > (In st andard mode)  ABS Unit [ mm], [pulse ], [in ch]: -2147483648 t o 214748364 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 568

    14 - 1 8 MELSEC- A 14 TROUBLESHOOTING Divisi on of error Error code Error nam e Des cripti on Act ion at occu rrence of error Posit ioning operation 507 St art outs ide strok e limi t (+) Posit ioning is started at a pos ition outs ide the upper soft ware stroke lim it. Operation at t he start is not carri ed out. 508 St art outs ide strok e lim it ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 569

    14 - 1 9 MELSEC- A 14 TROUBLESHOOTING Relevant buf fer m emory address remot e input/out put devic e, or remot e register Set ting range Rem edy Axis 1 Axis 2 Software st roke lim it upper lim it value <Software s troke lim it upper/lo wer lim it value> (In st andard mode)  [mm] [inc h] [ pulse] -2147483648 t o 214748364 7  [degree] 0 t ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 570

    14 - 2 0 MELSEC- A 14 TROUBLESHOOTING Divisi on of error Error code Error nam e Des cripti on Act ion at occu rrence of error Posit ioning operation 518 Outside operation pat tern range The operation pat tern set ting is “2.” At start : Operati on does not start . During operati on: Stopping ac cording t o sudden st op (stopping gro up 3) set t ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 571

    14 - 2 1 MELSEC- A 14 TROUBLESHOOTING Relevant buf fer m emory address remot e input/out put devic e, or remot e register Set ting range Rem edy Axis 1 Axis 2 <Operation pat tern>00, 01, 11  00: Pos itioning c omplet e  01: Continuous posit ioning cont rol  11: Continuous path c ontrol Correct the operation pat tern. (Refer to s ecti ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 572

    14 - 2 2 MELSEC- A 14 TROUBLESHOOTING Divisi on of error Error code Error nam e Des cripti on Act ion at occu rrence of error Posit ioning operation 527 Center poi nt sett ing error Circular int erporat ion with c enter po int designati on applicable t o one of the followin g  Start poi nt = Center point  End point = Cent er point  The cen ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 573

    14 - 2 3 MELSEC- A 14 TROUBLESHOOTING Relevant buf fer m emory address remot e input/out put devic e, or remot e register Set ting range Rem edy Axis 1 Axis 2 Refe r to sectio n “5.3 List of positi oning data.” <Posit ioning address /m ovement amount > (In st andard mode)  [mm] [inc h] [pul se] [ degree (INC )] -2147483648 t o 21474836 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 574

    14 - 2 4 MELSEC- A 14 TROUBLESHOOTING Divisi on of error Error code Error nam e Des cripti on Act ion at occu rrence of error Param eter 900 Outs ide unit setti ng range The setti ng range of “unit s etti ng” in basic paramet er 1 is out of the setti ng range. The D75P2 READY signal [ RXn0] is not t urned OFF. 901 No. of puls es per rotatio n s ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 575

    14 - 2 5 MELSEC- A 14 TROUBLESHOOTING Relevant buf fer m emory address remot e input/out put devic e, or remot e register Set ting range Rem edy Axis 1 Axis 2 0 150 0, 1, 2, 3 Change the s etting t o within the s etting range and t urn OFF then ON the rem ote stati on READY signal [RX (n+7)B]. 1 151 1 to 65535 2 152 1 to 65535 3 153 1, 10, 100, 100 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 576

    14 - 2 6 MELSEC- A 14 TROUBLESHOOTING Divisi on of error Error code Error nam e Des cripti on Act ion at occu rrence of error Param eter 922 Sof tware strok e limit lower limit  The “software s troke l imit lower limit value” setti ng in detail paramet er 1 is out of the setti ng range with “deg ree” unit .  The software st roke lim i ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 577

    14 - 2 7 MELSEC- A 14 TROUBLESHOOTING Relevant buf fer m emory address remot e input/out put devic e, or rem ote register S etting range Rem edy Axis 1 Axis 2 18 19 168 169 (In st andard mode)  [mm] [inc h] [ pulse] -2147483648 t o 214748364 7  [degree] 0 to 35999 999 (In st epping mot or mode)  [mm] [inc h] [ pulse] –134217728 to 13 421 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 578

    14 - 2 8 MELSEC- A 14 TROUBLESHOOTING Divisi on of error Error code Error nam e Des cripti on Act ion at occu rrence of error Param eter 932 Pul se logic selecti on e rro r The “logic s electi on for pulse out put to t he drive unit” set ting in det ail param eter 1 is out of the setti ng range. The D75P2 READY signal [ RXn0] is not t urned OFF ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 579

    14 - 2 9 MELSEC- A 14 TROUBLESHOOTING Relevant buf fer m emory address remot e input/out put devic e, or rem ote register S etting range Rem edy Axis 1 Axis 2 30 180 0: Pos iti ve logic 1: Negative logi c Change t he sett ing to within t he setting range an d turn OFF then ON the rem ote stati on READY signal [RX (n+7)B]. 31 181 0: One-word t ype 1 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 580

    14 - 3 0 MELSEC- A 14 TROUBLESHOOTING Divisi on of error Error code Error nam e Des cripti on Act ion at occu rrence of error Param eter 958 JOG decelerat ion selecti on set ting error The setti ng range of “JOG dec elerat ion time select ion” in detai l paramet er 2 is out of t he setti ng range. At start: Fa ilure to start During operati on: ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 581

    14 - 3 1 MELSEC- A 14 TROUBLESHOOTING Relevant buf fer m emory address remot e input/out put devic e, or rem ote register S etting range Rem edy Axis 1 Axis 2 51 201 0, 1, 2 ,3 Change the s etting t o within the s etting range and t urn OFF then ON the rem ote stati on READY signal [RX (n+7)B]. 52 202 0, 1 53 203 1 to 100 54 55 204 205 (One-word ty ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 582

    14 - 3 2 MELSEC- A 14 TROUBLESHOOTING Divisi on of error Error code Error nam e Des cripti on Act ion at occu rrence of error Param eter 983 Zero point return speed error The setti ng range of the “zer o point return speed” zero poi nt retu rn basic param eter is out of the set ting range. The D75P2 READY signal [ RXn0] is not t urned OFF. 984 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 583

    14 - 3 3 MELSEC- A 14 TROUBLESHOOTING Relevant buf fer m emory address remot e input/out put devic e, or rem ote register S etting range Rem edy Axis 1 Axis 2 74 75 224 225 (In st andard mode) 1 to 1000000 [puls e/s] 1 to 600000000 [ mm/m in, etc.] (In st epping mot or mode) 1 to 62500 [puls e/s] 1 to 37500000 [ mm/m in, etc.] Change the s etting t ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 584

    14 - 3 4 MELSEC- A 14 TROUBLESHOOTING 14.4 List of war nings The f ollowi ng ta ble s hows the warni ng d etai ls an d rem edies wh en warnin gs occ ur. Divisi on of wa rni ng Warni ng code W arning name Descri ption Ac tion at occurrence of warni ng 000 (Norm al) 051 Illegal mov eme nt amount change during speed/pos ition changeover control The se ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 585

    14 - 3 5 MELSEC- A 14 TROUBLESHOOTING Relevant buf fer m emory address remot e input/out put devic e, or rem ote register S etting range Rem edy Axis 1 Axis 2 1164 1165 1214 1215 <In standard m ode> 0 to 2147483647 [ pulses, etc.] <In steppi ng motor mode> 0 to 134217727 [ pulses , etc. ] Correct the setti ng in the speed/ posit ion cha ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 586

    14 - 3 6 MELSEC- A 14 TROUBLESHOOTING Divisi on of wa rni ng Warni ng code Warni ng name Des cripti on Act ion at occurrenc e of warning Common 112 Illegal over ride value A value outs ide the range from 1 to 300 is specif ied as an override v alue.  Setting “0”: Controll ed to 100.  “301” or l arge r sett ing: Control led to 300. 113 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 587

    14 - 3 7 MELSEC- A 14 TROUBLESHOOTING Relevant buf fer m emory address remot e input/out put devic e, or rem ote register S etting range Rem edy Axis 1 Axis 2 RW wm + 1 RW wm+ 9 <Posit ioning operation s peed ove rride> 1 to 300 Set a value withi n the s etting range . 1176 1226 <N ew to rque v alue > 1 to [torque l im it setting value] ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 588

    14 - 3 8 MELSEC- A 14 TROUBLESHOOTING Divisi on of wa rni ng Warni ng code W arning nam e Des cript ion Action at occurrence of warning Posit ioning operation 500 Decelerati on and stop s peed change A speed c hange request is issued during decelerati on and st op. S peed change is not carried out . 501 Speed lim it value over The new speed value g ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 589

    14 - 3 9 MELSEC- A 14 TROUBLESHOOTING Relevant buf fer m emory address remot e input/out put devic e, or rem ote register S etting range Rem edy Axis 1 Axis 2 RY(n+2)7 RY (n+4)7 <Speed change re quest> ON: Speed change req uest Do not change the s peed duri ng decel eration or stoppage c aused by a st op command or duri ng autom atic decelera ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 590

    14 - 4 0 MELSEC- A 14 TROUBLESHOOTING 14.5 Start during error history If an er ror occurs wh en star tin g, all the data i n the buf fer m em ory star t hist or y area (addres s: 46 2 to 541) is cop ied to th e start dur ing er ror hist or y area (a ddres ses: 54 3 to 622). The da ta st ored in t he star t durin g err or histor y area is lost when ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 591

    Appe ndix - 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 APPEN- DI CES APPENDICES Appe ndix 1 Cha nge wi th Upgr ade ....................................................................................... Appe ndix - 2 Appe ndix 2 Ex ter nal Dim en s ion Dr a wing ............................................................................ Append ix- 3 Appe ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 592

    Appe ndix - 2 MELSEC- A APPENDICES Appendix 1 C hange wi th Upgrade (1) Add iti onal f unct ion The fo llowin g table indica tes the fu nctio n added to the D75P 2 per softw are version. Function Details Software v ersions Reference A to F H or later *1 Speed/position changeover co ntrol (ABS mode) This function starts po sitioning under speed cont ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 593

    Appe ndix - 3 MELSEC- A APPENDICES Appendix 2 Ex ternal Dimension Drawing NP 161 170 80 71 63.5 9.5 2- 4.5 mountin g hole (Uni t: mm) Since a har dwar e v ersi on L or l ater, or s eri al n umber (f irst f ive di gits) of "160 41" or l ater , the indic ator com ponen ts h ave been c ha nged to L ED m odu les. ( W hat i s to be di splayed ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 594

    Appe ndix - 4 MELSEC- A APPENDICES Appendix 3 For mat sheets Appendix 3.1 Posi tioning modul e operation c hart Axis address mm , inch , de g ree , p ulse Axis ad dress mm , inch, degr ee, pu lse ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 595

    Appe ndix - 5 MELSEC- A APPENDICES Axis address mm, inch, degree, pulse Axis ad dress mm , inch, degr ee, pu lse ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 596

    Appe ndix - 6 MELSEC- A APPENDICES Appendix 3.2 Par ameter setti ng value entry ta ble Item Setting range mm inch degree pulse Basic parameters 1 Pr. 1 Unit setting 0 1 2 3 Pr. 2 No. of pulses per rotation (Ap) 1 to 65535 pulse Pr.3 M ovement amount per rotation (Al) 1 to 65535  10 -1  m 1 to 65535  10 -5 inch 1 to 65535  10 -5 degree 1 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 597

    Appe ndix - 7 MELSEC- A APPENDICES Initial value Axis 1 Axis 2 Remarks 3 20000 20000 1 1 0 200000 1000 1000 0 0 0 2147483647 –2147483648 0 0 100 300 0 0 0 0 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 598

    Appe ndix - 8 MELSEC- A APPENDICES Item Setting range mm inch degree pulse Detailed parameters 1 Pr.23 Manual pulse generator selecti on 0: Ignore manual pulse generat or operation 1: Use manual pulse gen erator 1 (control using manual pulse gener ator connected to ax is 1) 2: Use manual pulse gen erator 2 (control using manual pulse gener ator con ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 599

    Appe ndix - 9 MELSEC- A APPENDICES Initial value Axis 1 Axis 2 Remarks Axis 1: 1, Axis 2: 2 0 0 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 20000 0 0 0 100 1000 0 0 0 300 100 0 0 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 600

    Appe ndix - 10 MELSEC- A APPENDICES Item Setting range mm inch degree pulse Zero pint return basic parameters Pr.45 Zero point return method 0: Near-point dog method, 1: Stopper stop meth od 1) 2: Stopper stop method 2), 3: S topper stop method 3) 4: Count method 1), 5: Count method 2) Pr.46 Zero point return direction 0: Positive direction (addre ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 601

    Appe ndix - 11 MELSEC- A APPENDICES Initial value Axis 1 Axis 2 Remarks 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 300 0 0 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 602

    Appe ndix - 12 MELSEC- A APPENDICES Appendix 3.3 Posi tioning data setti ng value entry table [data No. to ] Ax is Data Da.1 Operation pattern Da.2 Control method Da.3 Accelera- tion time No. Da.4 Decel era - tion time No. Da.5 Positioning address/ movement amount Da.6 Arc address Da.7 Command speed Da.8 Dwe ll time Da.9 M code 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 603

    Appe ndix - 13 MELSEC- A APPENDICES Appendix 4 Positioning data (No. 1 to 100) List of buffer me mory addresses (1) For a xis 1 Data No. Posi- tioning identi- fier M code Dwe ll time Comman d speed Pos itionin g addres s Arc data Data No. Posi- tioning identi- fier M code Dwe ll time Comman d speed Pos itionin g addres s Arc data Low- order High- o ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 604

    Appe ndix - 14 MELSEC- A APPENDICES (2) For a xis 2 Data No. Posi- tioning identi- fier M code Dwe ll time Comman d speed Pos itionin g addres s Arc data Data No. Posi- tioning identi- fier M code Dwe ll time Comman d speed Pos itionin g addres s Arc data Low- order High- order Low- order High- order Low- order High- order Low- order High- order Lo ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 605

    Appe ndix - 15 MELSEC- A APPENDICES MEM O ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 606

    Appe ndix - 16 MELSEC- A APPENDICES Appendix 5 C onnection exampl es with serv o amplifiers manufactured by MITSUBISHI Electric C oporation For co nnec tio n to a ser vo am plif ier, ded icated ca bles are a vail able. For wiri ng of the dedic ated c ab les, r efer to th e m anual of e ach de dic ated cable . Appendix 5.1 C onnection exampl e of D7 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 607

    Appe ndix - 17 MELSEC- A APPENDICES Example of connecti on for absolute posi tion restorati on ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 608

    Appe ndix - 18 MELSEC- A APPENDICES Appendix 5.2 C onnection exampl e of D75P2 and M R-J2/J2S- A (Differential dr iver (Open collector)) * 5 In the following dia gram, con nection fo r absol ute posi tion re storatio n has not been made. W hen mak ing the c onn ection for a bso lute posit io n rest orati on, ref er to t he foll owin g page. *1 Assi ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 609

    Appe ndix - 19 MELSEC- A APPENDICES Example of connecti on for absolute posi tion restorati on ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 610

    Appe ndix - 20 MELSEC- A APPENDICES Appendix 5.3 C onnection exampl e of D75P2 and M R-C A (Differential driv er (Open collector)) * 5 *1 Assignment of the pin numbers of the connector of the D75P2 is the sa me for axis 1 and axis 2. *2 The upper limit (FLS) and lower limit (R LS) of the D75P 2 are used for the zero point return retry function. Set ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 611

    Appe ndix - 21 MELSEC- A APPENDICES Appendix 6 Connection examples wi th stepping motors manufactured by ORIENTALMOTOR Co., Ltd. Appendix 6.1 C onnection exampl e of D75P2 and VEX TA UPD (Open coll ector) * 4 *1 Assignment of the pin numbers of the connector of the D75P2 is the sa me for axis 1 and axis 2. *2 The upper limit (FLS) and lower limit ( ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 612

    Appe ndix - 22 MELSEC- A APPENDICES Appendix 7 C onnection exampl es with serv o amplifiers manufactured by Panasonic C o., Ltd. Appendix 7.1 C onnection exampl e of D75P2 and M INAS-A seri es (Differential dri ver) * 4 *1 Assignment of the pin numbers of the connector of the D75P2 is the sa me for axis 1 and axis 2. *2 The upper limit (FLS) and lo ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 613

    Appe ndix - 23 MELSEC- A APPENDICES Appendix 8 C onnection exampl es with serv o amplifiers manufactured by SANYO DENKI Co., Ltd. Appendix 8.1 C onnection exampl e of D75P2 and PY O series (Di fferential driv er) * 4 *1 Assignment of the pin numbers of the connector of the D75P2 is the sa me for axis 1 and axis 2. *2 The upper limit (FLS) and lower ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 614

    Appe ndix - 24 MELSEC- A APPENDICES Appendix 9 Connection examples wi th servo ampli fiers manufactured by YASKA W A Electric Corporation Appendix 9.1 C onnection exampl e of D75P2 and  - series (Dif f eren tial drive r) * 4 *1 Assignment of the pin numbers of the connector of the D75P2 is the sa me for axis 1 and axis 2. *2 The upper limit (FLS ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 615

    Appe ndix - 25 MELSEC- A APPENDICES Appendix 10 C omparisons w ith A1SD75P -S3 and AD75P -S3 modules (1) The f ollowi ng f unct ions h av e bee n adde d. • Data setti ng m etho d zer o poin t re turn .............. Refer t o sec tion 8.3 • Speed /pos ition ch ange over contr ol f uncti on (A BS m od e) .......................................... ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 616

    Appe ndix - 26 MELSEC- A APPENDICES A1SD75P -S3, AD75P -S3 AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 Name Buffer memory addresses Remote input/output, remote register Symbol Axis 1 Axis 2 Axis 1 A xis 2 Md.39 816 b0 916 b0 RX(n+1)2 RX(n+4)2 Drive unit READ Y b1 b1 RX(n+1)3 RX(n+4)3 Zero point signal b2 b2 RX(n+1)4 RX(n+4)4 In-position signal b3 b3 RX(n+1)5 RX(n+4)5 Near-poi ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 617

    Appe ndix - 27 MELSEC- A APPENDICES Appendix 11 M ELSEC Expl anation of positioning ter ms 1-2 PHASE EXCITATION SYST EM This is one s ystem for ex citing eac h ste pping motor coil in a determ ined order. In this system , one phas e and t wo phas es are alternate ly excite d. Pulse input A phase A phase B phase B phase 2-PHASE EXCIT ATION SYSTEM Th ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 618

    Appe ndix - 28 MELSEC- A APPENDICES ABSOLUTE ENCODER This is a detec tor that e nables the an gle data within 1 m otor rotati on to be out put to a n external des tina tion. Abs ol ute encoder s are general ly able t o output 360 ° in 8 to 12 bits . Increm ental enco ders ha ve a d isad vantage in that the axis posit ion is lost when a po wer fail ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 619

    Appe ndix - 29 MELSEC- A APPENDICES AUT O T U NI NG ( Aut om ati c T u ning ) Propert ies such as r espons iveness and stabilit y of m achines drive n with a serv om otor are aff ected b y changes in the inert ia mom ent and rigidit y due to cha nges in t he m achine load, etc. This function aut om aticall y adjus ts the sp eed loop gain and pos it ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 620

    Appe ndix - 30 MELSEC- A APPENDICES BIAS SPEED AT START A large am ount of torque is requir ed when the machine s tarts m ovin g, but the torque m a y be unstable at speed 0 with s tepp ing m otors. Theref ore, m ovem ent can be sm oothl y carried out by start ing the m ovem ent at a given sp eed from the beginn ing. T he bia s speed a t start is t ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 621

    Appe ndix - 31 MELSEC- A APPENDICES CP CONTRO L (Continuous Pat h Control) Continu ous path is a c on trol m ethod in whic h a path is fo llo wed with out int er ruptin g suc h as in unif orm speed con tro l. CREEP SPEED A spee d at whic h t he m achine m ov es ver y slowly . It is d iff icult f or t he m achin e to s top accur at el y when runnin ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 622

    Appe ndix - 32 MELSEC- A APPENDICES DECELERATIO N TIME The param eter decelera tion tim e is the sam e value as the ac celer ation t im e. Decelerati on time ref ers to the tim e f rom the spe ed lim it value to a stopp ed sta te, so it becom es proportion ally sh orter as t he s etting sp eed decreases . Speed li mit va lue Setting speed Speed 0 D ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 623

    Appe ndix - 33 MELSEC- A APPENDICES DROOP PUL SE Because of inert ia in t he m achin e, it will la g behind and not be able t o tr ack if the position ing m odule s peed c omm ands are issued in their norm al state. Thus , for a s ervom otor, a m ethod is us ed in which the s peed c omm and pulses ar e dela yed by accum ulation in a deviat ion coun ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 624

    Appe ndix - 34 MELSEC- A APPENDICES ERROR CORRECTI ON If a dim ension er ror occ urs in the m ac hine, and that error is actual ly sm aller or larger than 1m in s pite of a 1m comm and being is sued from the D75P2, that er ror am ount will be compens ated. For exam ple, whe n the er ror is actuall y sm aller than 1m , the r em aining distance to 1m ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 625

    Appe ndix - 35 MELSEC- A APPENDICES HIGH- SPEED MACHINE ZERO POI NT RETURN In this zero po int retur n m ethod the near-po int dog is not detec ted. T he pos itionin g data address is rep laced with th e m achine zero point addr ess, an d the p osition ing da ta is executed to carr y out high-s peed posit ioning to the zero point at a designat ed s ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 626

    Appe ndix - 36 MELSEC- A APPENDICES INPU T TERM INAL This is a pin c onnector wire d b y the user f or inputting data to t he D75 P2 f rom an ex ternal source. It is co nnected t o the m otor drive un it or m achine side. This terminal is used to out put t he follo wing.  DRIVE UNIT READ Y signal  STOP signal , etc. The input No. Xn is not d ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 627

    Appe ndix - 37 MELSEC- A APPENDICES LINEAR INTERPO LATION This autom atic operat ion s im ultaneousl y operates the la titudina l (X ) feed and longit udinal ( Y) feed m otor s to m ove the machine in a diag onal lin e when posit ioning. Linear i nterpol ation com bini ng axis 1 and ax is 2 is pos sible with the D 75P2, bu t the s am e position ing ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 628

    Appe ndix - 38 MELSEC- A APPENDICES MOVEMENT AMOUNT PER PULSE W hen using mm , inch, or angl e units, t he movem ent am ount is c alcul ated and output from the mac hine side sho wing how m uch the motor shaf t moves per pulse. P osition ing accurac y in sm aller units is not p ossibl e. On the m otor side , the m ovem ent am ount per axis rotat io ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 629

    Appe ndix - 39 MELSEC- A APPENDICES OPERATIO N PATTERN The kind of oper ation to be c arried out af ter executin g the p osition ing d ata is det erm ined. 1) If "POSIT IONING CO MPL ET E" is select ed, the operat ion will st op af ter the pos itioning is com plete. 2) If "CONT INUOUS POS ITIONING CONTRO L" is selec ted, t he ne ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 630

    Appe ndix - 40 MELSEC- A APPENDICES POSIT ION CONTROL This is ma inly the c ontrol of pos ition and dimens ion, suc h as in fix ed-dim ens ion feed, position ing, num er ical co ntrol, etc. T his is always contr ol led with f eed puls es. T here is also spe ed contr ol. Drive un its m a y dif fer, even when the s am e motor is used. POSIT ION DETEC ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 631

    Appe ndix - 41 MELSEC- A APPENDICES POSIT IONING DATA This is data for the user to carr y out position ing. T he No. of poin ts to which pos itio ning is ca rried out (the N o. of addresses ) is des ignate d by th e user. I n the D75P2, this is a m aximum of 600 poin ts. As a pr inciple, positio ning is ex ecuted in the order of the data Nos . POSI ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 632

    Appe ndix - 42 MELSEC- A APPENDICES REFERENCE AXIS SPEED This is the spe ed of the ref erence ax is dur ing interpol ation opera tions . Y axis speed (interpolation axis) X axis speed (reference axis) Reference ax is spee d REGENERATI VE BRAKE OPTION This function is an o ption. I t is us ed whe n carr ying out hi ghly repet it ive accelerat ion/de ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 633

    Appe ndix - 43 MELSEC- A APPENDICES SERVO LOCK In positi oning us ing a s ervo m otor, stepping motor , etc., work ing po wer is r equired to hold the mac hine at th e stop positio n. (T he position will b e lost if the m achine is move d by exte rnal pow er. ) This kind of s tate is c alled s ervo loc k or servo lock torque. M Table Motor holds th ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 634

    Appe ndix - 44 MELSEC- A APPENDICES SPEED CHANGEOVER CO NTROL W ith this control, p osition ing is c arried ou t to the end poi nt of th e m ovement am ount while changing the sp eed at t he speed c hang eover point dur ing pos itioning c on trol. SPEED CONTROL Speed co ntrol is m ainl y carried o ut with the servom otor. It is a n appl icat ion fo ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 635

    Appe ndix - 45 MELSEC- A APPENDICES STEP OUT Stepping m otors rotate in pr oportion t o the No. of pulses (fr equency), but t he m otor's r otation will dev iate if the lo ad is to o lar ge f or the motor. T his is c alled ste p out. If step o ut occurs , the m otor mus t be replac ed by one with a lar ger tor que. Step out c auses th e positi ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 636

    Appe ndix - 46 MELSEC- A APPENDICES STROKE LIMIT This is the ran ge in which a pos ition ing operatio n is p ossible, or the range in whic h the machine c an be m oved wit hout dam age occurr ing. (Movem ent outsid e this range is poss ible in the manual oper ation.) F or oper atio ns usin g a worm gear, the str oke lim it i s determ ined b y the l ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 637

    Appe ndix - 47 MELSEC- A APPENDICES TURNT ABLE A rotatin g tabl e, which is tu rned usi ng po wer. The table is use d divid ed f rom one 360 ° rotation into the requ ired loc ations for work. The pos itioning c ontr ol un it is "d egree ". Rotated by the motor 30° UNIT SETTING This is the sett ing of the un it f or the actu al address t ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 638

    Appe ndix - 48 MELSEC- A APPENDICES ZERO POINT RET URN METHOD The zero p oint ret urn m ethods ar e show n below. T he m ethod used d epends on the machin e structure, st oppi ng accura cy, etc. Machine zero po int returns can be carried out when the zero point return param eters are written. 1) Near-po int dog m ethod. 2) Stopper s top m ethod. 3) ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 639

    Appe ndix - 49 MELSEC- A APPENDICES Appendix 12 Posi tioning contr ol troubleshooting Trouble ty pe Questions/Trouble Remedy No. Parameter Display reads "FFFF H " when a parameter is read with a AD75 software package. The PLC CPU power was turned OFF or the PLC C PU was reset, etc., during flash RO M writing, which deleted the data in the ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 640

    Appe ndix - 50 MELSEC- A APPENDICES Trouble ty pe Questions/Trouble Remedy No. Acceleration/decelerat ion time How can the deceleration stop time during stopping be shortened using the hardware stroke li mit? Set "1: Sudden stop" in the " Pr.38 Stop group 1 sudden stop selection", an d reduce the setting value of " Pr. 37 S ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 641

    Appe ndix - 51 MELSEC- A APPENDICES Trouble ty pe Questions/Trouble Remedy No. Error compensation The machine only moves to "10081230", alth ough positioni ng with a co mmand valu e of "10081234" carri ed out. How can the error be compensate d? The follow ing values are currently set.  Pr.2 No. of pulse s per rotation = 8192 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 642

    Appe ndix - 52 MELSEC- A APPENDICES Trouble ty pe Questions/Trouble Remedy No. Start The positioning start signal [RY(n+1)0] is kept ON until the BUSY signal is OFF, but is ther e any problem w ith turning it OFF before the BUSY signal turns OFF? After the BUSY signal turns ON, there is no proble m with turning [RY(n+1)0] O FF before the BUSY signa ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 643

    Appe ndix - 53 MELSEC- A APPENDICES Trouble ty pe Questions/Trouble Remedy No. Manual pulse generator operation Is it possible to count the pul ses when the B phase is set to "1", and only A phase pulses are input? Not possible. (The D75P2 counts 1, 0, 1, 0.) 37 Can a manual pulse generator other than the Mitsubishi M R- HDP01 be used? Ot ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 644

    Appe ndix - 54 MELSEC- A APPENDICES Trouble ty pe Questions/Trouble Remedy No. Error/warning Error 997 (speed selection at zero point shift error) occurred. W hat does "OPR" mean? "OPR" stands for "Original Posi tion Return", or in other words, a zero point return. 53 Error 938 (backlash compensat ion amount error 2) o ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 645

    Appe ndix - 55 MELSEC- A APPENDICES Appendix 13 Li st of buffer memory addresses The f ollowing s hows the r el ation b etween t he buf fer memo ry addresse s and the various item s. (Any addr ess not g iven in t he list m ust not be used. If used, t he s ystem ma y not operate corr ectl y.) Buffer memory address Item M emo ry area Ax is 1 Axi s 2 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 646

    Appe ndix - 56 MELSEC- A APPENDICES Buffer memory address Item M emo ry area Ax is 1 Axi s 2 44 45 194 195 Pr.3 0 Deceleration time 2 Detailed parameters 2 Positioning parameters 46 47 196 197 Pr.3 1 Deceleration time 3 48 49 198 199 Pr.32 JOG speed limit v alue 50 200 Pr .3 3 JOG operation acceleration time selecti on 51 201 Pr.34 JOG operation de ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 647

    Appe ndix - 57 MELSEC- A APPENDICES Buffer memory address Item M emo ry area Common for ax is 1 and axis 2 450 Md.1 In test mode flag System monitor data Monitor data 451 Md .2 Module name 452 453 454 455 Md.3 OS type 456 457 Md.4 OS ve rsi on 460 Md.5 Clock data (hour: minute) 461 Md.6 Clock data (second: 100 ms) (0) (1 ) (2 ) (3 ) (4 ) (5 ) (6 ) ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 648

    Appe ndix - 58 MELSEC- A APPENDICES Buffer memory address Item M emo ry area Ax is 1 Axi s 2 800 801 900 901 Md.29 System area (use prohibite d) Axis monitor data Monitor data 802 803 902 903 Md.30 Machine feed v alue 804 to 809 904 to 909 Md.31 to Md.3 5 System area (use prohibite d) 810 811 910 911 Md .36 Current speed 812 813 912 913 Md.37 Axis ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 649

    Appe ndix - 59 MELSEC- A APPENDICES Buffer memory address Item M emo ry area Ax is 1 Axi s 2 1100 Cd.1 Clock data setting (hour) System control data Control data 1101 Cd.2 Clock data setting (minute, sec ond) 1102 Cd.3 Clock data writing 1103 Cd.4 Target axis 1104 Cd.5 Positioning data No. 1105 Cd.6 W rite pattern 1106 Cd.7 Read/write request 1108 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 650

    Appe ndix - 60 MELSEC- A APPENDICES Buffer memory address Item Me mo ry area Ax is 1 Axi s 2 1300 2300 Da.1 Operation pattern No.1 Positioning data Positionin g data Da. 2 Control method Da.3 Acceleration time No. Da.4 Deceleration time No. 1301 2301 Da.9 M code/condition data No. 1302 2302 Da.8 Dwell time/JUM P destination positioning data No. 130 ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 651

    Appe ndix - 61 MELSEC- A APPENDICES Buffer memory address Item Me mo ry area Ax is 1 Axi s 2 4500 5750 Start No. 8001 Indirec tly sp ecific ati on data Pos itionin g start info rmatio n Posit ioning data 4501 4751 Start No. 8002 4549 4799 Start No. 8001 5050 Condition judgment target data of the condition data PLC CPU memory area 5099 5100 Target a ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 652

    Appe ndix - 62 MELSEC- A APPENDICES MEM O ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 653

    Inde x - 1 INDEX [Number] 1-2 phas e excita tion system (explan ati on of term s) ...................... Ap pend ix-2 7 1-axis fix ed-d im ension f eed contr ol .............. 9-29 1-axis line ar co ntrol ....................................... 9-23 2-axis circu lar int erp olati on contr ol with auxil iar y point d esign atio n ................... ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 654

    Inde x - 2 Buff er m emor y area c onf igur ation ................. 7- 5 Bu ffer me mory r ead/w rite when AC PU /QCPU (A m ode) is used ....... 6- 8 when Q CPU ( Q m ode)/Q nA CPU is use d ................................................................... 6-17 BUSY ( expl anat ion of term s ) ........... Appe ndix -30 [C] CCW (explan atio n of te ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 655

    Inde x - 3 Data tr ansm issio n proces s............................. 7- 6 Deceler at ion r atio ( exp lana tion of term s) .......................................................... Append ix-3 1 Deceler at ion tim e (expl anat ion of terms ) .......................................................... Append ix-3 2 De cele ration t ime 0 ( Pr . 9 ) ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 656

    Inde x - 4 [I] In test m od e flag ( Md . 1 ) ............................. 5-80 Increm ent s ystem ( explan ation of ter m s) .......................................................... Append ix-3 5 Increm ent s ystem .......................................... 9-14 Increm ent al enc oder ( ex planat ion of ter m s) ................................ ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 657

    Inde x - 5 Manual pulse ge ner ator ....................... A-20, 2- 4 Master axis ( expla nati on of ter m s) .. Ap pend ix-3 7 Master m odu le ................................................ 2- 6 init ial izat io n ................................................. 6- 6 Modu le na me ( Md. 2 ) ................................. 5-80 Monitor data l ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 658

    Inde x - 6 Po sition ing data No . ( Cd. 5 ) ..................... 5-102 Po sition ing data No. being exec uted ( Md. 5 4 ) ....................................................................... 5-98 Posit ionin g dat a sett ing ................................. 9- 22 Po sition ing para m eter (explanati on of terms) .............................. ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 659

    Inde x - 7 Sett ing item condit ion data ............................................ 5-10 posit ioni ng d ata........................................... 5- 7 posit ioni ng p ara m eter ................................. 5- 4 start bl ock data ........................................... 5- 9 zero po int re turn par ameter ........................ 5- ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 660

    Inde x - 8 Step function ( explana tion of terms) .......................................................... Append ix-4 4 Step f unct ion ................................................ 12-5 3 Step m od e ( Cd. 27 ) .................................... 5-108 Step ou t (exp lanat ion of terms ) ........ Appe ndix -45 Step s tart inf orm atio n ( C ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 661

    Inde x - 9 Zero point ret urn accelerati on time selecti on ( Pr.53 ) ......................................................... 5- 53 Zero po int r eturn c ontr ol ................................. 8- 2 Zero po int r etur n dec eler ati on t ime s elect ion ( Pr.54 ) ......................................................... 5- 53 Ze ro poin t re tu ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 662

    Index - 10 MEM O ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 663

    WARRANTY Please confirm the follow ing product warranty details before using this product. 1. Gratis Warranty Term and Gratis Warranty Rang e If any faults or defects (hereinaf ter "Failure") found to be t he responsibi lity of M itsubishi occurs during use of the product within the gratis w a rranty term, the product shall be repaired at ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 664

    Microsof t, W indows, W indows Vista, W indows NT , W indows XP, W indows Ser ver, Vis io, Ex cel, PowerPo int, Vis ual Bas ic, Vis ual C ++, a nd Acc ess are ei ther re gistere d trad emark s or tradem arks of Microsof t Corporat ion i n the Un ited St ates, Ja pan, an d other c ountries . Intel, Pent ium , and Celer on are either r egis tered tra ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 665

    ...

  • Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - page 666

    IB(NA)-66824-H(1 504 )MEE MODEL: AJ65BT - D75P2-U-E MODEL CODE: 13JL46 Specifications subject to change without notice. When exported from Japan, this manual does not require application to the Ministry of Economy, Trade and Industry for service transaction permission. HEAD OFFICE : TOKYO BUILDING, 2-7-3 MARUNOUCHI, CHIYODA-KU, TOKYO 100-8310, JAPA ...

Manufacturer Mitsubishi Electronics Category Universal Remote

Documents that we receive from a manufacturer of a Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 can be divided into several groups. They are, among others:
- Mitsubishi Electronics technical drawings
- AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 manuals
- Mitsubishi Electronics product data sheets
- information booklets
- or energy labels Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3
All of them are important, but the most important information from the point of view of use of the device are in the user manual Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3.

A group of documents referred to as user manuals is also divided into more specific types, such as: Installation manuals Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3, service manual, brief instructions and user manuals Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3. Depending on your needs, you should look for the document you need. In our website you can view the most popular manual of the product Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3.

A complete manual for the device Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3, how should it look like?
A manual, also referred to as a user manual, or simply "instructions" is a technical document designed to assist in the use Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 by users. Manuals are usually written by a technical writer, but in a language understandable to all users of Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3.

A complete Mitsubishi Electronics manual, should contain several basic components. Some of them are less important, such as: cover / title page or copyright page. However, the remaining part should provide us with information that is important from the point of view of the user.

1. Preface and tips on how to use the manual Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - At the beginning of each manual we should find clues about how to use the guidelines. It should include information about the location of the Contents of the Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3, FAQ or common problems, i.e. places that are most often searched by users in each manual
2. Contents - index of all tips concerning the Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3, that we can find in the current document
3. Tips how to use the basic functions of the device Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 - which should help us in our first steps of using Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3
4. Troubleshooting - systematic sequence of activities that will help us diagnose and subsequently solve the most important problems with Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3
5. FAQ - Frequently Asked Questions
6. Contact detailsInformation about where to look for contact to the manufacturer/service of Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 in a specific country, if it was not possible to solve the problem on our own.

Do you have a question concerning Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3?

Use the form below

If you did not solve your problem by using a manual Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3, ask a question using the form below. If a user had a similar problem with Mitsubishi Electronics AJ65BT-D75P2-S3 it is likely that he will want to share the way to solve it.

Copy the text from the picture

Comments (0)